advertisement
iX6800 series
Online Manual
Read Me First
Useful Functions Available on the Printer
Overview of the Printer
Printing
Troubleshooting
English
Contents
Helpful Functions Available Through the Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Connecting to Other Computer with LAN/Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN. . 124
Read Me First
Notes on Online Manual Usage
• Reproduction, diversion or copying of any text, photo or image published in the Online Manual
(hereinafter referred to as "this guide"), in whole or in part, is prohibited.
• In principle, Canon shall change or delete the contents of this guide without prior notice to customers.
In addition, Canon may suspend or stop the disclosure of this guide due to unavoidable reasons.
Canon shall not be liable for any damage suffered by customers as a result of changes in or deletion of information in this guide, or suspension/stoppage of disclosure of this guide.
• Although the contents of this guide have been prepared with utmost care, please contact the service center if you find any incorrect or missing information.
• In principle, the descriptions in this guide are based on the product at the time of its initial sale.
• This guide does not disclose the manuals of all the products sold by Canon. See the manual supplied with the product when using a product that is not described in this guide.
How to Print
Use the print function of your Web browser to print this guide.
To set to print background colors and images, follow the steps below.
Note
• In Windows 8, print in the desktop version.
• In Internet Explorer 9 or 10
1. Select (Tools) > Print > Page setup....
2. Select the Print Background Colors and Images checkbox.
• In Internet Explorer 8
1. Press the Alt key to display the menus.
Alternatively, from Tools, select Toolbars > Menu Bar to display the menus.
2. Select Page Setup... from the File menu.
3. Select the Print Background Colors and Images checkbox.
• In Mozilla Firefox
1. Press the Alt key to display the menus.
Alternatively, click Firefox, then select Menu Bar from the right arrow of Options to display the menus.
2. Select Page Setup... from the File menu.
3. Select the Print Background (colors & images) checkbox in Format & Options.
11
How to Use the Online Manual
Symbols Used in This Document
Warning
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in death or serious personal injury caused by incorrect operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Caution
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in personal injury or material damage caused by incorrect operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Important
Instructions including important information. To avoid damage and injury or improper use of the product, be sure to read these indications.
Note
Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations.
Basic
Instructions explaining basic operations of your product.
Note
• Icons may vary depending on your product.
Touch-enabled Device Users
For touch actions, you need to replace "right-click" in this document with the action set on the operating system. For example, if the action is set to "press and hold" on your operating system, replace "right-click" with "press and hold."
12
Trademarks and Licenses
• Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
• Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries.
• Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries.
• Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other countries.
• Mac, Mac OS, AirPort, Safari, Bonjour, iPad, iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. AirPrint and the AirPrint logo are trademarks of Apple Inc.
• IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under license.
• Google Cloud Print, Google Chrome, Android, Google Play and Picasa are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc.
• Adobe, Photoshop, Photoshop Elements, Lightroom, Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB (1998) are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United States and/or other countries.
• Photo Rag is a trademark of Hahnemühle FineArt GmbH.
• Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. and licensed to Canon Inc.
Note
• The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system.
13
Enter keywords in the search window and click (Search).
You can search for target pages in this guide.
Entry example: "(your product's model name) load paper", "(your product's model name) 1000"
Search Tips
You can search for target pages by entering keywords in the search window.
Note
• The displayed screen may vary.
• Searching for Functions
Enter your product's model name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about
Example: When you want to learn how to load paper
Enter "(your product's model name) load paper" in the search window and perform a search
• Troubleshooting Errors
Enter your product's model name and a support code
Example: When the following error screen appears
Enter "(your product's model name) 1000" in the search window and perform a search
14
Note
• The displayed screen varies depending on your product.
• Searching for Application Functions
Enter your application's name and a keyword for the function you want to learn about
Example: When you want to learn how to print collages with My Image Garden
Enter "My Image Garden collage" in the search window and perform a search
• Searching for Reference Pages
Enter your model name and a reference page title*
* You can find reference pages more easily by entering the function name as well.
Example: When you want to browse the page referred to by the following sentence on a scanning procedure page
Refer to "Color Settings Tab" for your model from Home of the Online Manual for details.
Enter "(your product's model name) scan Color Settings Tab" in the search window and perform a search
15
Notes on Operation Explanations
In this guide, most of the operations are described based on the windows displayed when Windows 8 operating system (called Windows 8 below) is used.
16
Useful Functions Available on the Printer
The following useful functions are available on the printer.
Enjoy pleasant photography experience by utilizing various functions.
Helpful Functions Available Through the Network
Useful Functions Available from Applications and the Main Unit
17
Useful Functions Available from Applications and the Main Unit
On the printer, the following useful functions are available from applications and the main unit.
•
•
•
Print Photos Easily Using an Application
Organize Images Easily
In My Image Garden, you can register the names of people and events to photos.
You can organize photos easily as you can display them not only by folder but also by calendar, event, and person. This also allows you to find the target photos easily when you search for them later on.
<Calendar View>
<People View>
Display Recommended Items in Slide Shows
Based on the information registered to photos, Quick Menu automatically selects the photos on your computer and creates recommended items such as collages and cards. The created items appear in slide shows.
18
If there is an item you like, you can easily print it in just two steps.
1. In Image Display of Quick Menu, select the item you want to print.
2. Print the item with My Image Garden.
Place Photos Automatically
Delightful items are created easily as the selected photos are placed automatically according to the theme.
Other Various Functions
My Image Garden has many other useful functions.
Refer to "What You Can Do with My Image Garden" for details.
Download a Variety of Content Materials
CREATIVE PARK
A "printing materials site" where you can download all the printing materials for free.
Various types of content such as seasonal cards and paper crafts that can be made by assembling
19
paper parts are provided.
It is easily accessible from Quick Menu.
CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM
A service where customers using models that support PREMIUM Contents can download exclusive printing materials.
PREMIUM Contents can be downloaded easily via My Image Garden. Downloaded PREMIUM
Contents can be printed directly with My Image Garden.
To download PREMIUM Contents, make sure that genuine Canon ink tanks/ink cartridges are installed for all colors on a supported printer.
Note
• The designs of PREMIUM Contents provided in this page are subject to change without prior notice.
Print Photos on Facebook Easily Using a Facebook App "Print Your Days"
Use Print Your Days to collect Facebook photos of memories of parties and travel, recent activity of your family and friends, your hobbies, etc., then create and print a work of art.
Print Your Days is available from the Print Your Days Facebook page.
20
Helpful Functions Available Through the Network
The following useful functions are available on the machine.
Enjoy even more pleasant photography experience by utilizing various functions.
Print by using Google Cloud Print
Print directly from your iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch
Manage your printer from a remote location by using Remote UI
Print easily from your smartphone by using PIXMA Printing Solutions
Print in Various Environments with Google Cloud Print
The machine is compatible with Google Cloud Print (Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google
Inc.).
By using Google Cloud Print, you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google
Cloud Print.
Refer to "
Printing with Google Cloud Print
" for details.
Print Directly from iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch with Apple AirPrint
The machine is compatible with the AirPrint function of Apple iOS devices.
You can directly print e-mails, photos, web pages, etc. from iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch to the machine over wireless LAN.
Refer to "
Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device " for details.
Manage your printer from a remote location by using Remote UI
By using Remote UI, you can set up this machine, check the machine status, and even perform maintenance from your computer or smartphone.
21
Because you can use this service from a remote location through the network, you can check printer information even when you're out away from the printer.
Refer to "
Using Remote UI " for details.
Print Easily from a Smartphone with PIXMA Printing Solutions
Use PIXMA Printing Solutions to easily print photos saved on a smartphone wirelessly.
You can also receive scanned data (PDF or JPEG) directly on a smartphone without using a computer.
PIXMA Printing Solutions can be downloaded from App Store and Google Play.
Printing with Windows RT
When you use Windows RT, printing is easy because you simply connect this machine to the network.
For information about connecting to the network, see here.
When the connection is complete, the Canon Inkjet Print Utility software, which allows you to specify detailed print settings, is downloaded automatically.
By using Canon Inkjet Print Utility, you can check the printer status and specify detailed print settings.
(The available functions will differ depending on your usage environment and connection method.)
22
Printing with Google Cloud Print
The machine is compatible with Google Cloud Print™ (Google Cloud Print is a service provided by Google
Inc.).
By using Google Cloud Print, you can print from anywhere with applications or services supporting Google
Cloud Print.
1.
Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print
2.
Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print
Important
• LAN connection with the machine and Internet connection are required to register the machine and to print with Google Cloud Print. Internet connection fees apply.
• This function may not be available depending on the country or region you live in.
23
Preparations for Printing with Google Cloud Print
To print with Google Cloud Print, you need to get Google account and register the machine with Google
Cloud Print in advance.
If you already have Google account, register the machine.
Registering the Machine with Google Cloud Print
Getting Google Account
First, get your Google account in order to register the machine with Google Cloud Print.
Access to Google Cloud Print with the web browser on the computer or the mobile device, then register the required information.
* The screen above may change without prior notice.
Registering the Machine with Google Cloud Print
Register the machine with Google Cloud Print.
The authentication procedure using the web browser on the computer or the mobile device is required in the process of registering. Because the authentication URL is printed from machine when the authentication process is performed, prepare A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
Important
• LAN connection with the machine and Internet connection are required to register the machine and to print with Google Cloud Print. Internet connection fees apply.
• If the machine's owner changes,
delete the machine from Google Cloud Print
.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on
If your printer has a LCD monitor
2. From the Home screen, select Setup (or press the Setup button on the operation panel)
24
3. Select Web service setup -> Connection setup -> Google Cloud Print setup
(GoogleCloudPrint) -> Register with Google Cloud Print (Register w/ service)
Note
• If you have already registered the machine with Google Cloud Print, the confirmation message to re-register the machine is displayed.
4. When the confirmation screen to register the machine is displayed, select Yes
5. Select a display language on the print setting screen of Google Cloud Print
The confirmation message to print the authentication URL is displayed.
6. Load A4 or Letter-sized plain paper, then select OK
The authentication URL is printed.
7. Ensure that the authentication URL is printed, select Yes
8. Perform the authentication process using the web browser on the computer or the mobile device
Access to the URL using the web browser on the computer or the mobile device and perform the authentication process following the on-screen instructions.
Note
• Perform the authentication process with your Google account which you have gotten in advance.
9. When the message that the registration is complete is displayed on the LCD of the machine, select OK
When authentication process is complete properly, the registration items are displayed. When authentication process is complete,
you can print the data with Google Cloud Print .
When authentication process is not complete properly and the error message is displayed, select
OK. When the confirmation message to print the authentication URL is displayed, print the authentication URL, then perform the authentication process on the computer again.
If your printer does not have a LCD monitor
2.
3. Select Google Cloud Print setup -> Register with Google Cloud Print
Note
• If you have already registered the machine with Google Cloud Print, the confirmation message to re-register the machine is displayed.
25
4. When the confirmation screen to register the machine is displayed, select Yes
5. In the print setup for Google Cloud Print, select the display language, and then select
Authentication
6. When the registration completion message appears, select OK
Deleting the Machine from Google Cloud Print
If the machine's owner changes or if you want to re-register the machine, delete the machine from Google
Cloud Print by following the steps below.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on
If your printer has a LCD monitor
2. From the Home screen, select Setup (or press the Setup button on the operation panel)
3. Select Web service setup -> Connection setup -> Google Cloud Print setup
(GoogleCloudPrint) -> Delete from Google Cloud Print (Delete from service)
4. When the confirmation screen to delete the machine is displayed, select Yes
If your printer does not have a LCD monitor
2.
3. Select Google Cloud Print setup -> Delete from Google Cloud Print
4. When the confirmation screen to delete the machine is displayed, select Yes
26
Printing from Computer or Smartphone with Google Cloud Print
When you send print data with Google Cloud Print, the machine receives the print data and prints it automatically if the machine is turned on.
When printing from a computer, smartphone, or other external device with Google Cloud Print, load paper into the machine in advance.
Sending the Print Data with Google Cloud Print
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on
Note
• If you want to send the print data from an outside location, turn on the machine in advance.
2. Print from the computer or smartphone
The figure below is an example of when printing from the web browser corresponding with Google
Cloud Print. The screen differs depending on the applications or services supporting Google Cloud
Print.
When the preparation for printing with Google Cloud Print is complete and when the machine is turned on, the machine receives the print data and prints it automatically.
Note
• Depending on the communication status, it may take a while to print the print data or the machine may not receive the print data.
• While printing with Google Cloud Print, the printing may be canceled depending on the machine's status, such as when the machine is being operated or an error has occurred. To resume printing, check the machine's status, then print with Google Cloud Print again.
• For print settings:
• If you select the media type other than plain paper or if you select the paper size other than A4/
Letter/B5/A5-size, the print data is printed in single-sided even when you select the duplex print setting. (* The paper size differs depending on the model of your printer. For information about
27
the supported paper sizes, go to the Online Manual home page, and refer to the "Cannot Print
Properly with Automatic Duplex Printing" for your model.)
• If you select plain paper as media type or if you select B5/A5-size as paper size, the print data is printed with border even when you select the borderless print setting.
• The print results may differ from the print image depending on the print data.
• Depending on the device sending the print data, you may not select the print settings when sending the print data with Google Cloud Print.
When you want to print from Google Cloud Print immediately
When the machine cannot receive the print data, or you want to start printing immediately, you can check whether there is a print job on the Google Cloud Print and start printing manually.
Follow the steps below.
Important
• Depending on your printer model, this function may not be available.
1. Make sure that the machine is turned on
2. From the Home screen, select Setup (or press the Setup button on the operation panel)
3. Select Web service inquiry
Note
• If you have not registered the machine with Google Cloud Print, Web service inquiry is not displayed.
Register the machine with Google Cloud Print
.
If your LCD monitor is a color model
4. Select Print from Google Cloud Print
The confirmation screen to check is displayed.
5. Select Yes
If there is the print data, the machine receives the print data and prints it.
If your LCD monitor is a monochrome model
4. Select GoogleCloudPrint
5. Press the OK button
Connect to the server. If print data is available, print that data.
28
Using Remote UI
This service allows you to check printer information and execute utility functions from your computer or smartphone.
You can also use the convenient web services presented by Canon.
Checking the printer IP address
To use this service, first check the IP address of this machine from the operation panel of the machine.
Important
• Before you check the IP address of this machine or use the Remote UI, make sure that the machine is connected to the LAN and the LAN environment is connected to the Internet. Note that the customer is responsible for paying all Internet connection fees.
1. Check that the machine has been turned on
If your printer has a LCD monitor
2. From the home window, select Setup -> Device settings -> LAN
settings -> Confirm LAN settings -> WLAN setting list or LAN setting list. Then from the displayed window, check the IP address.
Note
• To print the IP address, load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper. Then from the home window, select Setup -> Device settings -> LAN settings -> Confirm
LAN settings -> Print LAN details, in sequence.
29
If your printer does not have a LCD monitor
2. Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper
3. Hold down the Stop button until the Alarm lamp flashes 6 times
4. Release the button
Printing of the network setup information starts.
Remote UI startup
In the Web browser, directly enter the IPv4 address that you checked from the LCD monitor of the machine. The Remote UI starts.
1. From your computer, smartphone, or tablet device, open the Web browser, and enter the following URL: http:// <Printer IP address>
For "<Printer IP address>" enter the IP address that you checked in "Checking the printer IP address."
2. Remote UI startup
The Remote UI starts and the top window is displayed.
Printer status
This function displays printer information such as the remaining ink amount, the status, and detailed error information.
You can also connect to the ink purchase site or support page, and use Web Services.
Utilities
This function allows you to set and execute the machine utility functions such as cleaning.
30
AirPrint settings
This function allows you to specify the Apple AirPrint settings, such as position information.
Google Cloud Print setup
This function allows you to register this machine to Google Cloud Print or delete the machine.
Firmware update
This function allows you to update the firmware and check version information.
Manual (Online)
This function displays the Online Manual.
Network Configuration
This function displays the network settings.
31
Printing from AirPrint Compliant Device
This document explains how to use AirPrint to print wirelessly from your iPad, iPhone and iPod touch to a
Canon printer.
AirPrint enables you to print photos, email, Web pages and documents from your Apple device directly to your printer without installing a driver.
Checking Your Environment
First, check your environment.
• AirPrint Operation Environment
To use AirPrint, you will need one of the following Apple devices running the latest version of iOS:
â—¦ iPad (all models)
â—¦ iPhone (3GS or later)
â—¦ iPod touch (3rd generation or later)
• Network Environment
The Apple device (iPad, iPhone, or iPod touch) and this machine must be connected to the same Wi-
Fi network.
Printing with AirPrint
1. Check that this machine is turned on and is connected to the LAN.
2. From the app of your Apple device, tap the operation icon to display the menu options.
32
3. From the menu options, tap Print.
4. From Printer Options, select the model that you are using.
Important
• Because some app does not support AirPrint, Printer Options may not be displayed. If an app does not let you use printer options, you cannot print from that app.
Note
• The printer options differ depending on the app and model you are using. Normally, when you tap Print and select a model name, the displayed printer options will include up to the following four options:
• Printer: Select a model that can be used in your wireless LAN.
33
• Copies: Select the number of print copies.
• Duplex Printing: If the model supports duplex printing, you can select On or Off.
• Range: The page range can be used only with specific app and file types (such as PDF files).
5. For 1 Copy, click + or - to set the number of required copies.
6. For Duplex Printing, click On to enable duplex printing or click Off to disable the function.
7. When printing a file type that has multiple pages, such as a PDF file, click Range and then click All Pages or select the range of pages to be printed.
8. Tap the Print.
When you execute printing, the printer prints according to the specified settings.
Paper Size
With AirPrint, the paper size is selected automatically according to the app being used on the Apple device and the region in which AirPrint is used.
When Apple's photo app is used, the default paper size is L size in Japan, and 4"x6" or KG in other countries and regions.
When documents are printed from Apple's Safari app, the default paper size is letter size in the U.S.
region, and A4 in Japan and Europe.
Important
• Your app may support different paper sizes.
Checking the Print Status
During printing, a Print icon is displayed in the list of recently used app, and you can use it to check the print progress.
To display the list of latest used app, press the Home button on the Apple device twice. The Print icon is displayed at the bottom of the Home screen.
34
Deleting a Print Job
To delete a print job with AirPrint, use one of the following two methods:
• From the machine: If your printer has a LCD monitor, use the operation panel to cancel the print job.
If you printer does not have a LCD monitor, press the Stop button on the machine to cancel the print job.
• From an Apple device: Press the Home button on the Apple device twice. Tap the Print icon and display the print job list. Tap the print job to be canceled, and then tap Cancel Print.
AirPrint Troubleshooting
If the document does not print, check the following:
1. Check that the machine power is on. If the machine power is on, turn it off and then back on again, and check whether the issue is resolved.
2. Check that the machine is connected by LAN to the same network subnet as the device on which iOS is installed.
3. Check that the machine has enough paper and ink.
4. If your printer has a LCD monitor, check that no error message is displayed on the LCD monitor.
If the problem persists, use the printer driver on your computer to execute printing and check whether the document can be printed normally on the machine.
If the document cannot be printed, refer to the Online Manual for your model.
35
Note
• After you turn on the machine, it may take few minutes before the machine can communicate through a wireless LAN connection. Confirm that the machine is connected to the wireless LAN, and then try printing.
• If Bonjour on the machine is disabled, AirPrint cannot be used. Check the LAN settings on the machine, and enable Bonjour.
Note
• The windows used in the explanations may differ from those displayed by your Apple product or app.
36
Overview of the Printer
Safety Guide
Regulatory and Safety Information
Main Components and Basic Operations
About the Power Supply of the Printer
Loading Paper
Replacing an Ink Tank
Maintenance
When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect
Performing Maintenance from a Computer
Changing the Printer Settings
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer
Initializing the Printer Settings
Information about Network Connection
Useful Information about Network Connection
About Network Communication
Changing and Confirming Network Settings
Screens for Network Connection of IJ Network Tool
Other Screens of IJ Network Tool
Appendix for Network Communication
Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality
Key Points to Successful Printing
Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper
Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality
Precautions for Safe Transport of the Printer
Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images
Specifications
37
Safety Guide
Safety Precautions
Regulatory and Safety Information
38
Safety Precautions
Choosing a location
• Do not install the machine in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration.
• Do not install the machine in locations that are very humid or dusty, in direct sunlight, outdoors, or close to a heating source.
To avoid the risk of fire or electric shocks, use the machine under the operating environment specified in the On-screen Manual.
• Do not place the machine on a thick rug or carpet.
• Do not place the machine with its back attached to the wall.
Power supply
• Ensure that the area around the power outlet is kept clear at all times so you can easily unplug the power cord if necessary.
• Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord.
Pulling the cord may damage the power cord, leading to possible fire or electrical shock.
• Do not use an extension lead/cord.
Working around the machine
• Never put your hands or fingers in the machine while it is printing.
• When moving the machine, carry the machine at both ends. In case the machine weighs more than
14 kg, it is recommended to have two people lifting the machine. Accidental dropping of the machine causes injury. For the machine's weight, refer to the On-screen Manual.
• Do not place any object on the machine. Especially do not place metal objects (paper clips, staples, etc.) or containers of flammable solvents (alcohol, thinners, etc.) on top of the machine.
• Do not transport or use the machine on a slant, vertically or upside-down, as the ink may leak and damage the machine.
Working around the machine (For the multifunction printer)
• When loading a thick book on the Platen Glass, do not press hard on the Document Cover. The
Platen Glass may break and cause injury.
Print Heads/ink tanks and FINE Cartridges
• Keep ink tanks out of the reach of children. In case ink* is accidentally licked or swallowed, rinse out mouth or give one or two glasses of water to drink. If irritation or discomfort occurs, obtain medical advice immediately.
* Clear Ink contains nitrate salts (For models containing Clear Ink).
• In case ink gets in contact with eyes, rinse with water immediately. In case ink gets in contact with skin, wash with soap and water immediately. If irritation to eyes or skin persists, obtain medical advice immediately.
• Never touch the electrical contacts on a Print Head or FINE Cartridges after printing.
The metal parts may be very hot and could cause burns.
• Do not throw ink tanks and FINE Cartridges into fire.
• Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the Print Head, ink tanks, and FINE Cartridges.
39
Regulatory and Safety Information
About the disposal of the battery (For models containing lithium battery)
Dispose of used batteries according to the local regulations.
Users in the U.S.A.
FCC Notice (U.S.A. Only)
For 120V, 60Hz model
Model Number: K10390/K10391 (Contains FCC ID: AZDK30357)
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual. If such changes or modifications should be made, you could be required to stop operation of the equipment.
FCC ID:AZDK30357
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user's authority to operate equipment.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
The equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits for at uncontrolled equipment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance at least 20cm between the radiator and persons body (excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and ankles) and must not be colocated or operated with any other antenna or transmitter.
Canon U.S.A., Inc.
One Canon Park
Melville, New York 11747
1-800-652-2666
40
Users in Canada
This device complies with Industry Canada license-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
This equipment complies with IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets RSS-102 of the IC radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules. This equipment should be installed and operated keeping the radiator at least 20cm or more away from person's body (excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and ankles).
Pour les usagers résidant au Canada
Le présent appareil est conforme aux CNR d'Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. L'exploitation est autorisée aux deux conditions suivantes :
(1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage, et (2) l'utilisateur de l'appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioélectrique subi, même si le brouillage est susceptible d'en compromettre le fonctionnement.
Cet équipement est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements énoncées pour un environnement non contrôlé et respecte les règles d'exposition aux fréquences radioélectriques (RF)
CNR-102 de l'IC. Cet équipement doit être installé et utilisé en gardant une distance de 20 cm ou plus entre le dispositif rayonnant et le corps (à l'exception des extrémités : mains, poignets, pieds et chevilles).
Users in Jordan
This printer contains WLAN Module approved by TRC/LPD/2013/130
Name of WLAN Module : K30357
European Union (and EEA) only.
This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according to the WEEE Directive (2002/96/EC) and your national law. This product should be handed over to a designated collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar product or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE). Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE. At the same time, your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources. For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling, please contact your local city office, waste authority, approved WEEE scheme or your household waste disposal service. For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products, please visit www.canoneurope.com/environment.
(EEA: Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein)
41
India only.
This product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according to the e-waste (Management and Handling) Rules, 2011.
This product should be handed over to a designated collection point, e.g., to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE). Improper handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE. At the same time, your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of natural resources. For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products, please visit http://www.canon.co.in/environment/.
Also, this product complies with the "India E-waste Rule 2011" and prohibits use of lead, mercury, hexavalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyls or polybrominated diphenyl ethers in concentrations exceeding 0.1 % by weight and 0.01 % by weight for Cadmium, except for the exemptions set in Schedule
II of the Rule.
Environmental Information
Reducing your environmental impact while saving money
Power Consumption and Activation Time
The amount of electricity a device consumes depends on the way the device is used. This product is designed and set in a way to allow you to reduce your electricity costs. After the last print it switches to
Ready Mode. In this mode it can print again immediately if required. If the product is not used for a time, the device switches to its Power Save Mode. The devices consume less power (Watt) in these modes.
If you wish to set a longer Activation Time or would like to completely deactivate the Power Save Mode, please consider that this device may then only switch to a lower energy level after a longer period of time or not at all.
Canon does not recommend extending the Activation Times from the optimum ones set as default.
Energy Star
®
The Energy Star
®
programme is a voluntary scheme to promote the development and purchase of energy efficient models, which help to minimise environmental impact.
Products which meet the stringent requirements of the Energy Star
®
programme for both environmental benefits and the amount of energy consumption will carry the Energy Star
®
logo accordingly.
Paper types
This product can be used to print on both recycled and virgin paper (certified to an environmental stewardship scheme), which complies with EN12281 or a similar quality standard. In addition it can support printing on media down to a weight of 64g/m
2
, lighter paper means less resources used and a lower environmental footprint for your printing needs.
42
43
Main Components and Basic Operations
Main Components
About the Power Supply of the Printer
44
Main Components
Front View
Rear View
Inside View
45
Front View
(1) top cover
Open to replace an ink tank or remove jammed paper inside the printer.
(2) paper support
Extend to load paper in the rear tray.
(3) rear tray
Load paper here. Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same time, and fed automatically one sheet at a time.
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper
(4) paper guides
Align with both sides of the paper stack.
(5) front cover
Open to pull out the paper output tray before printing.
(6) paper output tray
Printed paper is ejected. Open it before printing.
46
* All lamps are shown lit in the above figure for explanatory purposes.
(7) RESUME/CANCEL button/Alarm lamp
Press to cancel a print job in progress. This lamp lights or flashes orange when an error occurs. You can press this button to release from printer error status and resume printing, after the printer problem is resolved.
Note
• You can check the status of the printer by the POWER and Alarm lamps.
• POWER lamp is off: The power is off.
• POWER lamp lights white: The printer is ready to print.
• POWER lamp flashes white: The printer is getting ready to print, or printing is in progress.
• Alarm lamp flashes orange: An error has occurred and the printer is not ready to print.
• POWER lamp flashes white and Alarm lamp flashes orange alternately: An error that requires contacting the service center may have occurred.
(8) ON button/POWER lamp
Press to turn the power on or off. This lamp lights white after flashing when the power is turned on.
(9) Wi-Fi button/Wi-Fi lamp
Hold down to automatically set up the wireless LAN connection.
Lights or flashes blue to indicate the wireless LAN status.
Lights:
Wireless LAN connection is enabled.
Flashes:
Printing or scanning over wireless LAN. Also flashes while configuring the wireless LAN connection.
47
Rear View
(1) wired LAN connector
Plug in the LAN cable to connect the printer to a LAN.
(2) USB port
Plug in the USB cable to connect the printer with a computer.
(3) power cord connector
Plug in the supplied power cord.
Important
• Do not touch the metal casing.
• Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable or LAN cable while printing.
48
Inside View
(1) ink lamps
Lights or flashes red to indicate the ink tank status.
Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps
(2) print head holder
The print head is pre-installed.
Note
• For details on replacing an ink tank, see Replacing an Ink Tank
.
49
About the Power Supply of the Printer
Confirming that the Power Is On
Turning the Printer On and Off
Notice for the Power Plug/Power Cord
Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord
50
Confirming that the Power Is On
The POWER lamp is lit white when the printer is turned on.
Note
• It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.
51
Turning the Printer On and Off
Turning on the printer
1. Press the ON button to turn on the printer.
The POWER lamp flashes and then remains lit white.
Confirming that the Power Is On
Note
• It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.
• If the Alarm lamp flashes orange, see
• You can set the printer to automatically turn on when a print operation is performed from a computer connected by USB cable or network. This feature is set to off by default.
Turning off the printer
1. Press the ON button to turn off the printer.
When the POWER lamp stops flashing, the printer is turned off.
Important
• When you unplug the power cord after turning off the printer, be sure to confirm that the
POWER lamp is off.
Note
• You can set the printer to automatically turn off when no print jobs are sent to the printer for a certain interval. This is the default setting.
52
53
Notice for the Power Plug/Power Cord
Unplug the power cord once a month to confirm that the power plug/power cord does not have anything unusual described below.
• The power plug/power cord is hot.
• The power plug/power cord is rusty.
• The power plug/power cord is bent.
• The power plug/power cord is worn.
• The power plug/power cord is split.
Caution
• If you find anything unusual with the power plug/power cord described above,
and call for service. Using the printer with one of the unusual conditions above may cause a fire or an electric shock.
54
Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord
To unplug the power cord, follow the procedure below.
Important
• When you unplug the power cord, press the ON button, then confirm that the POWER lamp is off.
Unplugging the power cord while the POWER lamp is lit or flashing white may cause drying or clogging of the print head and print quality may be reduced.
1. Press the ON button to turn the printer off.
2. Confirm that the POWER lamp is off.
3. Unplug the power cord.
The specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use.
55
Loading Paper
Loading Paper
56
Loading Paper
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper
Loading Envelopes
Media Types You Can Use
Media Types You Cannot Use
Printing Area
57
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper
You can load plain paper or photo paper.
Important
• If you cut plain paper into small size such as 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm) or 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm) to perform trial print, it can cause paper jams.
Note
• We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos.
For details on the Canon genuine paper, see
.
• You can use general copy paper.
For the page size and paper weight you can use for this printer, see
1. Prepare paper.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
• Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may cause paper jams.
• If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the paper becomes completely flat.
Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched
.
• When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss SG-201, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a time as it is. If you roll up this paper to flatten, this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper and reduce the print quality.
2. Load paper.
1. Open the paper support, and pull it out.
2. Open the front cover gently.
3. Pull out the paper output tray.
58
4. Slide the paper guides (A) to open them, and load the paper in the center of the rear tray
WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING YOU.
5. Slide the paper guides (A) to align them with both sides of the paper stack.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard. The paper may not be fed properly.
Important
• Always load paper in the portrait orientation (B). Loading paper in the landscape orientation (C) can cause paper jams.
Note
• Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (D).
59
Note
• After loading paper, select the size and type of the loaded paper on the print settings screen of the printer driver.
60
Loading Envelopes
You can load Envelope DL and Envelope Com 10.
The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope's direction by specifying with the printer driver properly.
Important
• Do not use the following envelopes. They could jam in the printer or cause the printer to malfunction.
• Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
• Envelopes with a double flap
• Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
1. Prepare envelopes.
• Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them.
• If the envelopes are curled, hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposite direction.
• If the corner of the envelope flap is folded, flatten it.
• Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the crease.
The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope.
Important
• The envelopes may jam in the printer if they are not flat or the edges are not aligned. Make sure that no curl or puff exceeds 0.1 inch (3 mm).
2. Load envelopes.
1. Open the paper support, and pull it out.
2. Open the front cover gently.
3. Pull out the paper output tray.
61
4. Slide the paper guides (A) to open them, and load the paper in the center of the rear tray
WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING YOU.
The folded flap of the envelope will be faced up on the left side.
Up to 10 envelopes can be loaded at once.
5. Slide the paper guides (A) to align them with both sides of the envelopes.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the envelopes. The envelopes may not be fed properly.
(B) Rear side
(C) Address side
62
Note
• Do not load envelopes higher than the load limit mark (D).
Note
• After loading envelopes, select the size and type of the loaded envelopes on the print settings screen of the printer driver.
63
Media Types You Can Use
Choose paper suitable for printing, for the best print results. Canon provides you various types of paper to enhance the fun of printing, such as stickers as well as papers for photo or document. We recommend the use of Canon genuine paper for printing your important photos.
Media Types
Commercially available papers
• Plain Paper (including recycled paper) *1
• Envelopes
Canon genuine papers
The Model Number of Canon genuine paper is shown in brackets. Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side and notes on handling paper. For information on the page sizes available for each Canon genuine paper, access our website.
Note
• You may not be able to purchase some Canon genuine papers depending on the country or region of purchase. Paper is not sold in the US by Model Number. Purchase paper by name.
Paper for printing photos:
• Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>
• Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/GP-601>
• Photo Paper Glossy <GP-601>
• Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201>
• Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>
• Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>
• Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
Paper for printing business documents:
• High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>
Paper for creating your own prints:
• T-Shirt Transfers <TR-301>
• Photo Stickers <PS-101>
*1 100% recycled paper can be used.
Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver
Page Sizes
You can use the following page sizes.
Standard sizes:
• Letter
• Legal
64
• 11" x 17" (279.4 x 431.8 mm)
• A5
• A4
• A3
• A3+
• B5
• B4
• 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)
• 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm)
• 8" x 10" (20 x 25 cm)
• 10" x 12" (25 x 30 cm)
• Envelope DL
• Envelope Com 10
Non-standard sizes:
You can print on non-standard size paper within the following ranges.
• Minimum size: 2.17 x 3.58 inches (55.0 x 91.0 mm)
• Maximum size: 12.95 x 26.61 inches (329.0 x 676.0 mm)
Paper Weight
You can use paper in the following weight range.
• 17 to 28 lb (64 to 105 g /m
2
) (except for Canon genuine paper)
Do not use heavier or lighter paper (except for Canon genuine paper), as it could jam in the printer.
Notes on Storing Paper
• Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package, just before printing.
• To avoid curling, when you do not print, put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level surface. And also, store it avoiding heat, humidity, and direct sunlight.
65
Paper Load Limit
Commercially Available Papers
Media Name
Plain Paper (including recycled paper)
Envelopes
Rear Tray
Approx. 150 sheets
10 envelopes
Paper Output Tray
Approx. 50 sheets
Canon Genuine Papers
Note
• We recommend that you remove the previously printed sheet from the paper output tray before continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration (except for High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>).
Paper for printing photos:
Media Name <Model No.>
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>
Rear Tray
1 sheet: A3+
10 sheets: A3, A4, Letter, and 8" x 10" (20 x 25 cm)
20 sheets: 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/GP-601>
1 sheet: A3+
10 sheets: A4 and Letter
20 sheets: 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-601> *3
1 sheet: A3+
10 sheets: A4 and Letter
20 sheets: 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201>
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>
1 sheet: A3+
10 sheets: A3, A4, Letter, 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm), and 8" x
10" (20 x 25 cm)
20 sheets: 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)
1 sheet: A3+
10 sheets: A3, A4, and Letter
1 sheet: A3+ and 10" x 12" (25 x 30 cm)
10 sheets: A3, A4, Letter, 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm), and 8" x
10" (20 x 25 cm)
20 sheets: 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101> 1 sheet: A3+
10 sheets: A3, A4, and Letter
20 sheets: 4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)
Paper for printing business documents:
Media Name <Model No.> Rear Tray Paper Output Tray
66
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N> 20 sheets: A3+
50 sheets: A3
80 sheets: A4 and Letter
20 sheets: A3+ and A3
50 sheets: A4 and Letter
Paper for creating your own prints:
T-Shirt Transfers <TR-301>
Photo Stickers <PS-101>
Media Name <Model No.> Rear Tray
1 sheet
1 sheet
*1 Proper feeding of paper may not be possible at the maximum capacity depending on the type of paper or environmental conditions (either very high or low temperature or humidity). In such cases, reduce the number of paper you load at a time to less than half.
*2 We recommend that you remove the previously printed envelope from the paper output tray before continuously printing to avoid blurs and discoloration.
*3 When loading paper in stacks, the print side may become marked as it is fed or paper may not feed properly. In this case, load one sheet at a time.
67
Media Types You Cannot Use
Do not use the following types of paper. Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results, but also the printer to jam or malfunction.
• Folded, curled, or wrinkled paper
• Damp paper
• Paper that is too thin (weighing less than 17 lb (64 g /m
2
))
• Paper that is too thick (weighing more than 28 lb (105 g /m
2
), except for Canon genuine paper)
• Paper thinner than a postcard, including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size (when printing on paper smaller than A5)
• Picture postcards
• Postcards affixed with photos or stickers
• Envelopes with a double flap
• Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
• Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
• Any type of paper with holes
• Paper that is not rectangular
• Paper bound with staples or glue
• Paper with adhesives
• Paper decorated with glitter, etc.
68
Printing Area
Printing Area
Other Sizes than Letter, Legal, Envelopes
Letter, Legal
Envelopes
69
Printing Area
To ensure the best print quality, the printer allows a margin along each edge of media. The actual printable area will be the area inside these margins.
Recommended printing area : Canon recommends that you print within this area.
Printable area : The area where it is possible to print. However, printing in this area can affect the print quality or the paper feed precision.
Note
• By selecting Borderless Printing option, you can make prints with no margins.
• When performing Borderless Printing, slight cropping may occur at the edges since the printed image is enlarged to fill the whole page.
• For Borderless Printing, use the following paper:
• Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>
• Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/GP-601>
• Photo Paper Glossy <GP-601>
• Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201>
• Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>
• Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>
• Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
Performing Borderless Printing on any other type of paper may substantially reduce printing quality and/or result in printouts with altered color hues.
Borderless Printing on plain paper may result in printouts with reduced quality. Use them only for test printing.
• Borderless Printing is not available for legal, A5, B5, or B4 sized paper, or envelopes.
• Depending on the type of paper, Borderless Printing may reduce the print quality at the top and bottom edges of the paper or cause these parts to become smudged.
70
Other Sizes than Letter, Legal, Envelopes
Size
A5
A4
A3
A3+
B5
B4
4" x 6" (10 x 15 cm)
5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm)
8" x 10" (20 x 25 cm)
10" x 12" (25 x 30 cm)
11" x 17" (279.4 x 431.8 mm)
Printable Area (width x height)
5.56 x 7.95 inches (141.2 x 202.0 mm)
8.00 x 11.38 inches (203.2 x 289.0 mm)
11.43 x 16.22 inches (290.2 x 412.0 mm)
12.69 x 18.70 inches (322.2 x 475.0 mm)
6.90 x 9.80 inches (175.2 x 249.0 mm)
9.85 x 14.02 inches (250.2 x 356.0 mm)
3.73 x 5.69 inches (94.8 x 144.4 mm)
4.73 x 6.69 inches (120.2 x 169.8 mm)
7.73 x 9.69 inches (196.4 x 246.0 mm)
9.73 x 11.69 inches (247.2 x 296.8 mm)
10.73 x 16.69 inches (272.6 x 423.8 mm)
Recommended printing area
(A) 1.59 inches (40.4 mm)
(B) 1.47 inches (37.4 mm)
Printable area
(C) 0.12 inch (3.0 mm)
(D) 0.20 inch (5.0 mm)
(E) 0.13 inch (3.4 mm)
(F) 0.13 inch (3.4 mm)
71
Letter, Legal
Letter
Legal
Size Printable Area (width x height)
8.00 x 10.69 inches (203.2 x 271.4 mm)
8.00 x 13.69 inches (203.2 x 347.6 mm)
Recommended printing area
(A) 1.59 inches (40.4 mm)
(B) 1.47 inches (37.4 mm)
Printable area
(C) 0.12 inch (3.0 mm)
(D) 0.20 inch (5.0 mm)
(E) 0.25 inch (6.4 mm)
(F) 0.25 inch (6.3 mm)
72
Envelopes
Envelope DL
Envelope Com 10
Size Recommended Printing Area (width x height)
3.88 x 7.06 inches (98.8 x 179.6 mm)
3.68 x 7.90 inches (93.5 x 200.9 mm)
Recommended printing area
(A) 0.12 inch (3.0 mm)
(B) 1.47 inches (37.4 mm)
(C) 0.22 inch (5.6 mm)
(D) 0.22 inch (5.6 mm)
73
Replacing an Ink Tank
Replacing an Ink Tank
Checking the Ink Status
74
Replacing an Ink Tank
When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the Alarm lamp will flash orange to inform you of the error.
Count the number of flashes and take appropriate action.
Note
• For information on the compatible ink tank, refer to the printed manual: Safety and Important
Information.
Replacing Procedure
When you need to replace an ink tank, follow the procedure below.
Important
• If you remove an ink tank, replace it immediately. Do not leave the printer with the ink tank removed.
• Use a new ink tank for replacement. Installing a used ink tank may cause the nozzles to clog.
Furthermore, with such an ink tank, the printer will not be able to inform you when to replace the ink tank properly.
• Once an ink tank has been installed, do not remove it from the printer and leave it out in the open.
This will cause the ink tank to dry out, and the printer may not operate properly when it is reinstalled.
To maintain optimal printing quality, use an ink tank within six months of first use.
Note
• Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black-and-white document or when black-andwhite printing is specified.
Every ink is also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of the print head, which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the printer. When an ink tank is out of ink, replace it immediately with a new one.
1. Make sure that the power is turned on, and open the front cover gently.
2. Open the top cover.
The print head holder moves to the replacement position.
75
Caution
• Do not hold the print head holder to stop or move it forcibly. Do not touch the print head holder until it stops completely.
Important
• Do not place any object on the top cover. It will fall into the rear tray when the top cover is opened and cause the printer to malfunction.
• Do not touch the metallic parts or other parts inside the printer.
• If the top cover is left open for more than 10 minutes, the print head holder moves to the right.
In this case, close and reopen the top cover.
3. Remove the ink tank with the lamp flashing fast.
Push the tab (A) and lift the ink tank to remove.
Important
• Do not touch other parts besides the ink tanks.
• Handle the ink tank carefully to avoid staining of clothing or the surrounding area.
• Discard the empty ink tank according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables.
Note
• Do not remove two or more ink tanks at the same time. Be sure to replace ink tanks one by one when replacing two or more ink tanks.
76
• For details on ink lamp flashing speed, see
Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps .
4. Prepare a new ink tank.
1. Take a new ink tank out of its package, remove the orange tape ( ) completely, then remove the protective film ( ) completely.
Important
• Handle an ink tank carefully. Do not drop or apply excessive pressure to it.
• If the orange tape remains on the Y-shape air hole (B), ink may splash or the printer may not print properly.
2. Hold the ink tank with the orange protective cap (C) pointing up while being careful not to block the Y-shape air hole (B).
3. Lift up the tab on the orange protective cap (C) to remove it off GENTLY.
77
Important
• Do not push the sides of the ink tank. If you push the sides of the ink tank with the Y-shape air hole (B) blocked, ink may splash.
• Do not touch the inside of the orange protective cap (C) or the open ink port (D). The ink may stain your hands if you touch them.
• Do not reattach the protective cap (C) once you have removed it. Discard it according to the local laws and regulations regarding disposal of consumables.
5. Install the new ink tank.
1. Insert the front end of the ink tank into the print head at a slant.
Make sure that the position of the ink tank matches the label.
Note
• To install a black pigment (PGBK) ink tank, insert it in the middle of the correct position with equal spaces on the left and right sides.
2. Press on the top of the ink tank until the ink tank snaps firmly into place.
Make sure that the ink lamp lights up red.
78
Important
• You cannot print if the ink tank is installed in the wrong position. Be sure to install the ink tank in the correct position according to the label on the print head holder.
• You cannot print unless all the ink tanks are installed. Be sure to install all the ink tanks.
6. Close the top cover.
Note
• If the Alarm lamp still flashes orange after the top cover is closed, take appropriate action.
• When you start printing after replacing the ink tank, the printer starts cleaning the print head automatically. Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the print head. While cleaning is in progress, the POWER lamp is flashing white.
• If the print head is out of alignment, as indicated by misaligned printed ruled lines or similar
symptoms, align the print head
.
79
Checking the Ink Status
Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps
You can also check the ink status on the computer screen.
Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer
80
Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps
1. Make sure that the power is turned on, and open the front cover gently.
2. Open the top cover.
3. Check the ink lamp.
Close the top cover after checking the ink lamp status.
• The ink lamp is on.
The ink tank is correctly installed.
• The ink lamp is flashing.
Flashing slowly (at around 3-second intervals)
...... Repeats
Ink tank is running low. Prepare a new ink tank.
Note
• When printing on A3 size or larger paper, ink may run out during printing. This may cause blurred print results or horizontal white streaks.
Flashing fast (at around 1-second intervals)
...... Repeats
- The ink tank is installed in the wrong position.
Or
- The ink has run out.
Make sure that the ink tank is installed in the correct position as indicated by the label on the print head holder. If the position is correct but the lamp flashes, there has been an error and the printer cannot print. Check the Alarm lamp on the printer.
• The ink lamp is off.
The ink tank is not installed properly or the function for detecting the remaining ink level is disabled. If the ink tank is not firmly in place, make sure that the orange protective cap has been
81
removed from the bottom of the ink tank, then press on the top of the ink tank until the ink tank clicks into place.
If the ink lamp is still off after reinstalling the ink tank, there has been an error and the printer cannot print. Check the Alarm lamp on the printer.
Note
• You can also check the ink status on the computer screen.
Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer
82
Maintenance
When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect
Performing Maintenance from a Computer
Cleaning the Printer
83
When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect
Maintenance Procedure
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Cleaning the Print Head
Aligning the Print Head
84
Maintenance Procedure
If print results are blurred, colors are not printed correctly, or print results are unsatisfactory (e.g. misaligned printed ruled lines), perform the maintenance procedure below.
Important
• Do not rinse or wipe the print head and ink tank. This can cause trouble with the print head and ink tank.
Note
• Make sure that the orange protective tape does not remain on the ink tank.
• Open the top cover and make sure that the lamp on the ink tank is lit red. If the lamp is flashing or off, take appropriate action.
Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps
• Increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result.
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven:
Step1
Print the nozzle check pattern.
From the printer
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
From the computer
Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern
Step2
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
If there are missing lines or horizontal white streaks in the pattern:
Step3
Clean the print head.
From the printer
From the computer
85
Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer
After cleaning the print head, print and examine the nozzle check pattern: Step1
If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice:
Step4
Clean the print head deeply.
From the computer
Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer
Note
• When you have performed the procedure until step 4 and the problem has not been resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.
If the problem is still not resolved, the print head may be damaged. Contact the service center.
When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines Are
Misaligned:
Step
Align the print head.
From the printer
From the computer
Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer
86
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle.
Note
whose ink is low.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Make sure that the power is turned on.
2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the rear tray.
3. Open the front cover gently, then pull out the paper output tray.
4. Hold down the RESUME/CANCEL button until the POWER lamp flashes white twice, then release it immediately.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the printing of the nozzle check pattern.
5.
Examine the nozzle check pattern
.
87
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examine the nozzle check pattern, and clean the print head if necessary.
1. Check if there are missing lines in the pattern (A) or horizontal white streaks in the pattern
(B).
(C) Number of sheets printed so far
If there are missing lines in the pattern (A):
is required.
(D) Good
(E) Bad (lines are missing)
If there are horizontal white streaks in the pattern (B):
is required.
(F) Good
(G) Bad (horizontal white streaks are present)
Note
• The total number of sheets printed so far is shown in increments of 50 sheets on the printout of the nozzle check pattern.
88
Cleaning the Print Head
Clean the print head if lines are missing or if horizontal white streaks are present in the printed nozzle check pattern. Cleaning unclogs the nozzles and restores the print head condition. Cleaning the print head consumes ink, so clean the print head only when necessary.
1. Make sure that the power is turned on.
2. Hold down the RESUME/CANCEL button until the POWER lamp flashes white once, then release it immediately.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
The cleaning will be complete when the POWER lamp lights white after flashing.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the print head. This takes about 1 to 2 minutes.
3. Check the print head condition.
Print the nozzle check pattern to check the print head condition.
Note
• If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice, clean the print head deeply.
Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer
89
Aligning the Print Head
If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head position.
Note
whose ink is low.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper (including recycled paper)*
* Be sure to use paper that is white and clean on both sides.
1. Make sure that the power is turned on.
2. Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the rear tray.
3. Open the front cover gently, then pull out the paper output tray.
4. Hold down the RESUME/CANCEL button until the POWER lamp flashes white four times, then release it immediately.
The print head alignment sheet will be printed and the print head position will be adjusted automatically.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the printing of the print head alignment sheet. This takes about 2 to 3 minutes.
Note
• If the automatic adjustment of the print head position has failed, the Alarm lamp flashes orange.
• If the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as described above, adjust the print head position manually from the computer.
Aligning the Print Head Position Manually from Your Computer
90
Performing Maintenance from a Computer
Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer
Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers from Your Computer
Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer
Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern
91
Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer
The print head cleaning function allows you to clear up clogged print head nozzle. Perform print head cleaning if printing is faint or a specific color fails to print, even though there is enough ink.
The procedure for cleaning the print head is as follows:
Cleaning
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Cleaning on the Maintenance tab
When the Print Head Cleaning dialog box opens, select the ink group for which cleaning is to be performed.
Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing cleaning.
3. Execute cleaning
Make sure that the printer is on and then click Execute.
Print head cleaning starts.
4. Complete cleaning
The Nozzle Check dialog box opens after the confirmation message.
5. Check the results
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Print Check Pattern. To cancel the check process, click Cancel.
If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem, clean it once more.
Important
• Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Consequently, perform cleaning only when necessary.
Deep Cleaning
Deep Cleaning is more thorough than cleaning. Perform deep cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do not resolve the print head problem.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Deep Cleaning on the Maintenance tab
92
When the Deep Cleaning dialog box opens, select the ink group for which deep cleaning is to be performed.
Click Initial Check Items to display the items you need to check before performing deep cleaning.
3. Execute deep cleaning
Make sure that the printer is on and then click Execute.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
Print head deep cleaning starts.
4. Complete deep cleaning
The Nozzle Check dialog box opens after the confirmation message.
5. Check the results
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Print Check Pattern. To cancel the check process, click Cancel.
Important
• Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Consequently, perform cleaning only when necessary.
Note
• If there is no sign of improvement after Deep Cleaning, switch off the printer, wait 24 hours, and then perform Deep Cleaning again. If there is still no sign of improvement, the ink may have run out or the print head may be worn. For details on the remedial action to be taken, see "
Related Topic
Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern
93
Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers from Your Computer
Cleans the paper feed rollers. Perform feed roller cleaning when there are paper particles sticking to the paper feed rollers and paper is not fed properly.
The procedure for performing the feed roller cleaning is as follows:
Roller Cleaning
1. Prepare the printer
Remove all sheets of paper from the rear tray.
2. Open the printer driver setup window
3. Click Roller Cleaning on the Maintenance tab
The confirmation message appears.
4. Execute paper feed roller cleaning
Make sure that the printer is on and then click OK.
Paper feed roller cleaning starts.
5. Complete paper feed roller cleaning
After the rollers have stopped, follow the instruction in the message, load three sheets of plain paper into the rear tray, and click OK.
Paper will be ejected and feed roller cleaning will be completed.
94
Aligning the Print Head
When you perform head position adjustment, errors in the print head adjustment position are corrected and conditions such as color and line streaking are improved.
If the print results appear uneven because of line shifts or other conditions, adjust the position of the print head.
On this printer, you can adjust the print head either
or
.
95
Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer
Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines.
This printer supports two head alignment methods: automatic head alignment and manual head alignment.
Normally, the printer is set for automatic head alignment.
If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory,
perform manual head alignment .
The procedure for performing automatic print head alignment is as follows:
Print Head Alignment
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Print Head Alignment on the Maintenance tab
The Start Print Head Alignment dialog box opens.
3. Load paper in the printer
Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the rear tray.
Note
• The number of sheets to be used differs when you select the manual head alignment.
4. Execute head alignment
Make sure that the printer is on and click Align Print Head.
Follow the instruction in the message.
Important
• Do not open the top cover while printing is in progress.
Note
• Wait until printing ends before performing other operations. Printing takes about 2 to 3 minutes to complete.
• To print and check the current setting, open the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box, and click Print Alignment Value.
96
Aligning the Print Head Position Manually from Your Computer
Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines.
This printer supports two head alignment methods:
automatic head alignment and manual head alignment.
Normally, the printer is set for automatic head alignment.
If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory, perform manual head alignment.
The procedure for performing manual print head alignment is as follows:
Print Head Alignment
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab
The Custom Settings dialog box opens.
Note
• If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3. Switch head alignment to manual
Check the Align heads manually check box.
4. Apply the settings
Click OK and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.
5. Click Print Head Alignment on the Maintenance tab
The Start Print Head Alignment dialog box opens.
6. Load paper in the printer
Load three sheets of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the rear tray.
7. Execute head alignment
Make sure that the printer is on and click Align Print Head.
Follow the instruction in the message.
Important
• Do not open the top cover while printing is in progress.
8. Check the printed pattern
97
Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least amount of streaks in the associated boxes.
Even if the patterns with the least amount of streaks are clicked in the preview window, their numbers are automatically entered in the associated boxes.
When you have entered all the necessary values, click OK.
Note
• If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks.
(A) Least noticeable vertical streaks
(B) Most noticeable vertical streaks
• If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal streaks.
(A) Least noticeable horizontal streaks
(B) Most noticeable horizontal streaks
9. Confirm the displayed message and click OK
The second pattern is printed.
Important
• Do not open the top cover while printing is in progress.
10. Check the printed pattern
Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable horizontal stripes in the associated boxes.
Even if the patterns with the least noticeable horizontal stripes are clicked in the preview window, their numbers are automatically entered in the associated boxes.
98
When you have entered all the necessary values, click OK.
Note
• If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable vertical streaks.
(A) Least noticeable vertical streaks
(B) Most noticeable vertical streaks
11. Confirm the displayed message and click OK
The third pattern is printed.
Important
• Do not open the top cover while printing is in progress.
12. Check the printed pattern
Enter the numbers of the patterns with the least noticeable horizontal stripes in the associated boxes.
Even if the patterns with the least noticeable horizontal stripes are clicked in the preview window, their numbers are automatically entered in the associated boxes.
99
When you have entered all the necessary values, click OK.
Note
• If it is difficult to pick the best pattern, pick the setting that produces the least noticeable horizontal stripes.
(A) Least noticeable horizontal stripes
(B) Most noticeable horizontal stripes
Note
• To print and check the current setting, open the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box, and click
Print Alignment Value.
100
Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern
The nozzle check function allows you to check whether the print head is working properly by printing a nozzle check pattern. Print the pattern if printing becomes faint, or if a specific color fails to print.
The procedure for printing a nozzle check pattern is as follows:
Nozzle Check
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Nozzle Check on the Maintenance tab
The Nozzle Check dialog box opens.
Click Initial Check Items to display the items that you need to check before printing the nozzle check pattern.
3. Load paper in the printer
Load one sheet of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the rear tray.
4. Print a nozzle check pattern
Make sure that the printer is on and click Print Check Pattern.
Printing of the nozzle check pattern begins.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
The Pattern Check dialog box opens.
5. Check the print result
Check the print result. When the print result is normal, click Exit.
If the print result is smudged or if there are any unprinted sections, click Cleaning to clean the print head.
Related Topic
Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer
101
Cleaning Inside the Printer
Perform bottom plate cleaning before you execute duplex printing to prevent smudges on the back side of the paper.
Also perform bottom plate cleaning if ink smudges caused by something other than print data appear on the printed page.
The procedure for performing bottom plate cleaning is as follows:
Bottom Plate Cleaning
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Bottom Plate Cleaning on the Maintenance tab
The Bottom Plate Cleaning dialog box opens.
3. Load paper in the printer
As instructed in the dialog box, fold the A4 size or Letter size plain paper in half lengthwise, and then unfold the sheet.
Load the paper into the rear tray in the landscape orientation with the crest of the crease facing down.
4. Perform the bottom plate cleaning
Make sure that the printer is on and then click Execute.
Bottom plate cleaning starts.
102
Cleaning the Printer
Cleaning the Exterior of the Printer
Cleaning the Inside of the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
You can also clean the paper feed roller from a computer.
Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers from Your Computer
103
Cleaning the Exterior of the Printer
Be sure to use a soft and dry cloth such as eyeglasses cleaning cloth and wipe off dirt on the surface gently.
Smooth out wrinkles on the cloth if necessary before cleaning.
Important
• Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the printer.
• Do not use tissue paper, paper towels, rough-textured cloth, or similar materials for cleaning so as not to scratch the surface. Paper tissue powder or fine threads may remain inside the printer and cause problems such as print head blockage and poor printing results.
• Never use volatile liquids such as thinners, benzene, acetone, or any other chemical cleaner to clean the printer, as this may cause a malfunction or damage the surface of the printer.
104
Cleaning the Inside of the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Remove stains from the inside of the printer. If the inside of the printer becomes dirty, printed paper may get dirty, so we recommend performing cleaning regularly.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper*
* Be sure to use a new piece of paper.
1. Make sure that the power is turned on and remove any paper from the rear tray.
2. Prepare paper.
1. Fold a single sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in half lengthwise, then unfold the paper.
2. Load this sheet of paper sideways in the rear tray with the open side facing you.
3. Open the front cover gently, then pull out the paper output tray.
3. Hold down the RESUME/CANCEL button until the POWER lamp flashes white five times, then release it immediately.
The paper cleans the inside of the printer as it feeds through the printer.
Check the folded parts of the ejected paper. If they are smudged with ink, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning again.
Note
• When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again, be sure to use a new piece of paper.
If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again, the protrusions inside the printer may be stained. Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like.
Important
• Be sure to turn off the power and unplug the power cord before cleaning the printer.
105
106
Changing the Printer Settings
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer
Initializing the Printer Settings
107
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer
Changing the Print Options
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
Managing the Printer Power
Reducing the Printer Noise
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
108
Changing the Print Options
You can change the detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from an application software.
Specify this option if you encounter print failures such as part of an image data being cut off.
The procedure for changing the print options is as follows:
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Print Options... on the Page Setup tab
The Print Options dialog box opens.
Note
• When you use the XPS printer driver, the functions available to you are different.
3. Change the individual settings
If necessary, change the setting of each item, and then click OK.
The Page Setup tab is displayed again.
109
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
You can register the frequently used printing profile to Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
Unnecessary printing profiles can be deleted at any time.
The procedure for registering a printing profile is as follows:
Registering a Printing Profile
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set the necessary items
From Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab, select the printing profile to be used and if necessary, change the settings after Additional Features.
You can also register necessary items on the Main and Page Setup tabs.
3. Click Save...
The Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box opens.
4. Save the settings
Enter a name in the Name field. If necessary, click Options..., set the items, and then click OK.
In the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box, click OK to save the print settings and return to the
Quick Setup tab.
The name and icon are displayed in Commonly Used Settings.
110
Important
• To save the page size, orientation, and number of copies that was set in each sheet, click Options..., and check each item.
Note
• When you re-install the printer driver or upgrade the printer driver version, the print settings that are already registered will be deleted from Commonly Used Settings.
Registered print settings cannot be saved and preserved. If a profile is deleted, register the print settings again.
Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile
1. Select the printing profile to be deleted
Select the printing profile you want to delete from the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick
Setup tab.
2. Delete the printing profile
Click Delete. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The selected printing profile is deleted from the Commonly Used Settings list.
Note
• Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.
111
Managing the Printer Power
This function allows you to manage the printer power from the printer driver.
The procedure for managing the printer power is as follows:
Power Off
The Power Off function turns off the printer. When you use this function, you will not be able to turn the printer on from the printer driver.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Execute power off
Click Power Off on the Maintenance tab. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer power switches off, and the Maintenance tab is displayed again.
Auto Power
Auto Power allows you to set Auto Power On and Auto Power Off.
The Auto Power On function automatically turns on the printer when data is received.
The Auto Power Off function automatically turns off the printer when there are no operations from the printer driver or the printer for a specified period of time.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Make sure that the printer is on and then click Auto Power on the Maintenance tab
The Auto Power Settings dialog box opens.
Note
• If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3. If necessary, complete the following settings:
Auto Power On
Specifying Enable from the list will turn the printer on upon receipt of print data.
Auto Power Off
Specify the time from the list. When this time lapses without any operations from the printer driver or the printer, the printer is turned off automatically.
4. Apply the settings
112
Click OK. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The Maintenance tab is displayed again.
The setting is enabled after this. When you want to disable this function, select Disable from the list according to the same procedure.
Note
• When the printer is turned off, the Canon IJ Status Monitor message varies depending on the Auto
Power On setting.
When the setting is Enable, "Printer is standing by" is displayed. When the setting is Disable,
"Printer is offline" is displayed.
Important
• If you connect this printer to a network and use it, you can set Auto Power Off but the power will not switch off automatically.
113
Reducing the Printer Noise
The silent function allows you to reduce the operating noise of this printer. Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night, etc.
Using this function may lower the print speed.
The procedure for using the quiet mode is as follows:
Quiet Settings
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Quiet Settings on the Maintenance tab
The Quiet Settings dialog box opens.
Note
• If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
3. Set the quiet mode
If necessary, specify one of the following items:
Do not use quiet mode
Select this option when you wish to use the printer with volume of normal operating noise.
Always use quiet mode
Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer.
Use quiet mode during specified hours
Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer during a specified period of time.
Set the Start time and the End time of the quiet mode you wish to be activated. If both are set to the same time, the quiet mode will not function.
Important
• You can set the quiet mode from the printer or the printer driver.
No matter how you use to set the quiet mode, the mode is applied when you perform operations from the printer or printing from the computer.
• If you specify a time for Use quiet mode during specified hours, quiet mode is not applied to operations (direct print, etc.) performed directly from the printer.
4. Apply the settings
Make sure that the printer is on and click OK.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
The settings are enabled hereafter.
114
Note
• The effects of the quiet mode may be less depending on the print quality settings.
115
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
The procedure for configuring Custom Settings is as follows:
Custom Settings
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Make sure that the printer is on, and then click Custom Settings on the Maintenance tab
The Custom Settings dialog box opens.
Note
• If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3. If necessary, complete the following settings:
Prevent paper abrasion
The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high-density printing to prevent paper abrasion.
Check this check box to prevent paper abrasion.
Align heads manually
Usually, the Print Head Alignment function on the Maintenance tab is set to automatic head alignment, but you can change it to manual head alignment.
If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory,
.
Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment. Uncheck this check box to perform the automatic head alignment.
Prevent paper jam
Check this item only if A3 plain paper jams frequently near the paper exit.
Important
• When this function is used, it takes longer to print to A3 plain paper.
Also the print quality may deteriorate.
Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
On the Page Setup tab, you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the
Orientation.
To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the left during printing, select this item. To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the right during printing, clear this item.
Important
• Do not change this setting while the print job is displayed in the print wait list. Otherwise, characters may be omitted or the layout may become corrupt.
116
Detect the paper width when printing from computer
When you print from the computer, this function identifies the paper that was loaded into this printer.
When the paper width detected by the printer differs from the width of the paper specified in Page
Size on the Page Setup tab, a message is displayed.
To use paper width detection when printing from the computer, select the check box.
Important
• If you are using user-defined paper, use the Custom Paper Size to correctly set the size of the paper loaded in the printer.
If an error message is displayed even though the same size that was set is loaded, clear the check box.
Ink Drying Wait Time
You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins. Moving the slider to the right increases the pause time, and moving the slider to the left decreases the time.
If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries, increase the ink drying wait time.
Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing.
4. Apply the settings
Click OK and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.
117
Initializing the Printer Settings
You can initialize the printer settings.
Important
• When using the printer over LAN, note that initialization erases all network settings on the printer, and printing operation from a computer over network may become impossible. To use the printer over network, perform setup with the Setup CD-ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website.
To initialize the printer settings, press and hold the RESUME/CANCEL button, then release the button when the POWER lamp flashes white 15 times.
All the printer settings are initialized.
Note
• You cannot initialize the current position of the print head.
118
Information about Network Connection
Useful Information about Network Connection
119
Useful Information about Network Connection
Initial Values Set at Factory (Network)
Connecting the Printer to the Computer Using a USB Cable
When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name during Setup
Connecting to Other Computer with LAN/Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN
Printing Out Network Setting Information
120
Initial Values Set at Factory (Network)
Item
Change wireless/wired LAN
SSID
Communication mode
Wireless LAN security
IPv4 IP address
IPv6 IP address
Set printer name*
Enable/disable IPv6
Initial Values
Enable wireless LAN
BJNPSETUP
Infrastructure
Disable
Auto setup
Auto setup
XXXXXXXXXXXX
Enable
Enable/disable WSD (WSD settings)
Timeout setting (WSD settings)
Enable
1 minute
Enable/disable Bonjour (Bonjour settings) Enable
Service name (Bonjour settings) Canon iX6800 series
LPR protocol setting Enable
Wireless LAN DRX
Wired LAN DRX
Enable
Enable
(* The initial value in this item varies by the printer.)
121
Connecting the Printer to the Computer Using a USB Cable
Connect the printer and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below. The USB port is located on the rear of the printer.
122
When Detecting the Printers Have the Same Name during Setup
When the printer is detected during setup, you may see multiple printers of the same name on the detection result screen.
Select a printer with checking the MAC address set to the printer against the MAC address on detection result screen.
To check the MAC address of the printer, print out the network setting information.
Printing Out Network Setting Information
123
Connecting to Other Computer with LAN/Changing the Connection
Method from USB to LAN
To add the computer connecting the printer with LAN or to change the connection method between the printer and the computer from USB to LAN, perform setup with the Setup CD-ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website.
Connecting to Other Computer with LAN
To add the computer connecting the printer with LAN, perform setup with the Setup CD-ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website.
Changing the Connection Method from USB to LAN
To change the connection method between the printer and the computer from USB to LAN, perform setup with the Setup CD-ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website.
To change the connection method to LAN while you are using the printer with USB connection, perform setup again with the Setup CD-ROM or perform it again according to the instructions on our website and select Change Connection Method.
124
Printing Out Network Setting Information
You can print out the network settings of the printer such as its IP address and SSID.
Important
• This print out contains valuable information about your computer. Handle it with care.
1.
Make sure that the printer is turned on.
2.
Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
3. Press and hold the RESUME/CANCEL button, then release the button when the POWER lamp flashes white 6 times.
The printer starts printing the network setting information.
The following information on the printer's network setting is printed out.
Item Explanations of the item Setting
Wireless LAN
Connection
MAC Address
SSID
Communication Mode
Channel
Encryption
WEP Key Length
Authentication
Signal Strength
TCP/IP Version
IPv4 IP Address
IPv4 Default Gateway
Subnet Mask
IPv6 IP Address *1
Wireless LAN
Status of the Wireless LAN
MAC Address
SSID
Communication Mode
Channel
Method of the Encryption
WEP Key Length
Method of the Authentication
Signal Strength
TCP/IP Version
Selected IP Address (IPv4)
Default Gateway (IPv4)
Subnet Mask
Selected IP Address (IPv6)
IPv6 Default Gateway *1 Default Gateway (IPv6)
Subnet Prefix Length*1 Subnet Prefix Length
IPsec*2 IPsec setting
Enable/Disable
Active/Inactive
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
SSID of the wireless LAN
Infrastructure
XX (1 to 13) none/WEP/TKIP/AES
Inactive/128/64 none/auto/open/shared/WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK
0 to 100 [%]
IPv4 & IPv6/IPv4
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXX
Active
125
Security Protocol*2
WPS PIN CODE
Wireless LAN DRX
Wired LAN
Connection
MAC Address
TCP/IP Version
IPv4 IP Address
IPv4 Default Gateway
Subnet Mask
IPv6 IP Address *1
Method of the Security Protocol
WPS PIN code
Discontinuous reception (wireless
LAN)
Wired LAN
Status of the Wired LAN
MAC Address
TCP/IP Version
Selected IP Address (IPv4)
Default Gateway (IPv4)
Subnet Mask
Selected IP Address (IPv6)
ESP/ESP & AH/AH
XXXXXXXX
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Active/Inactive
XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
IPv4 & IPv6/IPv4
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
IPv6 Default Gateway *1 Default Gateway (IPv6)
Subnet Prefix Length*1 Subnet Prefix Length
IPsec*2 IPsec setting
Security Protocol*2
Wired LAN DRX
Other Settings
Method of the Security Protocol
Other settings
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXX
Active
ESP/ESP & AH/AH
Discontinuous reception (wired LAN) Enable/Disable
-
Printer Name
WSD
WSD Timeout
Printer name
WSD setting
Timeout
Printer name (Up to 15 characters)
Enable/Disable
1/5/10/15/20 [min]
LPR Protocol
Bonjour
LPR protocol setting
Bonjour setting
Bonjour Service Name Bonjour service name
DNS Server Getting DNS Server automatically
Primary Server Primary server address
Secondary Server
Proxy Server
Proxy Port
Proxy Address
Secondary server address
Proxy Server setting
Specifying Proxy Port
Proxy Address
Enable/Disable
Enable/Disable
Bonjour service name (Up to 52 characters)
Auto/Manual
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
Enable/Disable
1 to 65535
XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
126
IP Address Filtering IP Address Filtering Enable/Disable
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
*1 Only when IPv6 is activated, the status of the network is printed.
*2 Only IPv6 and the IPsec setting are activated, the status of the network is printed.
127
About Network Communication
Changing and Confirming Network Settings
Screens for Network Connection of IJ Network Tool
Other Screens of IJ Network Tool
Appendix for Network Communication
128
Changing and Confirming Network Settings
IJ Network Tool
Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet
Changing the WEP Detailed Settings
Changing the WPA or WPA2 Detailed Settings
Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet
Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet
Monitoring Wireless Network Status
Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine
Viewing the Modified Settings
129
IJ Network Tool
IJ Network Tool is a utility that enables you to display and modify the machine network settings. It is installed when the machine is set up.
Important
• To use the machine over LAN, make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type, such as an access point or a LAN cable.
• Do not start up IJ Network Tool while printing.
• Do not print when IJ Network Tool is running.
• If the firewall function of your security software is turned on, a message may appear warning that
Canon software is attempting to access the network. If the warning message appears, set the security software to always allow access.
• IJ Network Tool has been verified to work on Windows XP, however, it does not support Fast User
Switching. It is recommended to exit IJ Network Tool when switching users.
Starting up IJ Network Tool
1. Start up IJ Network Tool as shown below.
• In Windows 8, select IJ Network Tool on the Start screen to start IJ Network Tool. If IJ Network
Tool is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm, then search for "IJ Network
Tool".
• In Windows 7, Windows Vista, or Windows XP, click Start and select All programs, Canon
Utilities, IJ Network Tool, and then IJ Network Tool.
Note
• You can also start up IJ Network Tool by clicking
Settings & Maintenance on Quick Menu.
Network Settings from Device
130
Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet
To change the wireless network settings of the printer, connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily. If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection, your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings.
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
• Activate the wireless LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wireless LAN sheet.
1.
2. Select the printer in Printers:.
When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily, select the printer with
"USBnnn" (where "n" is a number) appearing in the Port Name column.
3. Select Configuration... from the Settings menu.
4. Click the Wireless LAN tab.
The Wireless LAN sheet is displayed.
For details on the Wireless LAN sheet, see
.
5. Change the settings or confirm.
SSID:
Enter the same value that was set for the target access point.
When the printer is connected with USB, the Search screen appears by clicking Search.... Set the
SSID of the access point by selecting the one of the detected access points.
131
Note
• Enter the same SSID that the access point is configured to use. The SSID is case-sensitive.
Encryption Method:
Select the encryption method used over the wireless LAN.
You can change WEP settings with selecting Use WEP and clicking Configuration....
Changing the WEP Detailed Settings
You can change WPA or WPA2 settings with selecting Use WPA or Use WPA2 and clicking
Configuration....
Changing the WPA or WPA2 Detailed Settings
Important
• If all encryption types of the access point, printer, or computer do not match, the printer cannot communicate with the computer. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched, make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to the printer.
• If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures, there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party.
TCP/IP Setup:
Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN. Specify a value appropriate for your network environment.
6. Click OK.
After changing configuration, a screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer. If you click Yes, the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed.
Note
• Changing the network settings with the USB cable temporarily may switch the default printer. In this case, reset Set as Default Printer.
132
Changing the WEP Detailed Settings
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
To change the wireless network settings of the printer, connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily. If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection, your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings.
1.
2. Select the printer in Printers:.
When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily, select the printer with
"USBnnn" (where "n" is a number) appearing in the Port Name column.
3. Select Configuration... from the Settings menu.
4. Click the Wireless LAN tab.
5. Select Use WEP in Encryption Method: and click Configuration....
The WEP Details screen is displayed.
6. Change the settings or confirm.
When changing the password (WEP key), the same change must be made to the password (WEP key) of the access point.
1. WEP Key:
Enter the same key as the one set to the access point.
The number of characters and character type that can be entered differ depending on the combination of the key length and key format.
Key Length
64bit 128bit
5 characters 13 characters
Key Format ASCII
Hexadecimal (Hex) 10 digits 26 digits
133
2. Key Length:
Select either 64bit or 128bit.
3. Key Format:
Select either ASCII or Hex.
4. Key ID:
Select the Key ID (index) set to the access point.
5. Authentication:
Select the authentication method to authenticate the printer's access to the access point.
Normally, select Auto. If you want to specify the method manually, select Open System or
Shared Key according to the setting of the access point.
7. Click OK.
Important
• If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched, make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to the printer.
Note
• Changing the network settings with the USB cable temporarily may switch the default printer. In this case, reset Set as Default Printer.
134
Changing the WPA or WPA2 Detailed Settings
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
To change the wireless network settings of the printer, connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily. If you modify the wireless network settings of the computer over wireless connection without USB connection, your computer may not be able to communicate with the machine after modifying the settings.
The example screenshots in this section refer to the WPA detailed settings.
1.
2. Select the printer in Printers:.
When the printer is connected to the computer with a USB cable temporarily, select the printer with
"USBnnn" (where "n" is a number) appearing in the Port Name column.
3. Select Configuration... from the Settings menu.
4. Click the Wireless LAN tab.
5. Select Use WPA or Use WPA2 in Encryption Method: and click Configuration....
The WPA Details screen is displayed (For WPA2, the WPA2 Details screen is displayed).
If encryption is not set to the printer, the Authentication Type Confirmation screen is displayed. Go to step 7.
6. Click Change Settings....
7. Check the client authentication type and click Next>.
135
8. Enter the passphrase, confirm the type of dynamic encryption and click Next>.
Enter the passphrase set to the access point. The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64-digit hexadecimal value.
If you do not know the access point passphrase, refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer.
9. Click Finish.
136
Important
• If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched, make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point match that set to the printer.
Note
• Changing the network settings with the USB cable temporarily may switch the default printer. In this case, reset Set as Default Printer.
137
Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
• Activate the wired LAN setting of the printer to change the settings in the Wired LAN sheet.
1.
2. Select the printer in Printers:.
3. Select Configuration... from the Settings menu.
4. Click the Wired LAN tab.
The Wired LAN sheet is displayed.
For details on the Wired LAN sheet, see Wired LAN Sheet .
5. Change the settings or confirm.
Set the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN. Specify a value appropriate for your network environment.
6. Click OK.
After changing configuration, a screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer. If you click Yes, the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed.
138
Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet
1.
2. Select the printer in Printers:.
3. Select Configuration... from the Settings menu.
4. Click the Admin Password tab.
The Admin Password sheet is displayed.
For details on the Admin Password sheet, see Admin Password Sheet .
5. Change the settings or confirm.
To use admin password, select the Use admin password check box and enter a password.
Important
• The password should consist of alphanumeric characters and be no longer than 32 characters.
The password is case-sensitive. Do not forget the password you set.
6. Click OK.
A screen is displayed asking you for confirmation before the settings are sent to the printer. If you click
Yes, the settings are sent to the printer and the Transmitted Settings screen is displayed.
139
Monitoring Wireless Network Status
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
• When using the machine over the wired LAN, you cannot monitor network status.
1.
2. Select the printer in Printers:.
3. Select Status from the View menu.
The Status screen is displayed and you can check the printer status and connection performance.
Important
• If the indicated value is low, move your printer closer to the wireless network device.
4. If you measure the connection performance in detail, click Advanced Measurement....
The Connection Performance Measurement screen is displayed.
5. Click Next>.
The measurement starts and the status displays. Measurement takes a few minutes.
140
6. Check the status.
When the measurement is complete, the status is displayed.
When is displayed in Connection Performance between the Printer and the Access Point:, the printer can communicate with the access point. Otherwise, refer to displayed comments and the following to improve the status of communication link, and click Remeasurement.
• Check that the printer and the access point are located within the wireless connectivity range with no obstacles between them.
• Check if the distance between the printer and the access point is not too far.
If they are too far, move them closer together (within 164 ft./50 m).
• Check that there is no barrier or obstacle between the printer and the access point.
In general, connection performance decreases for communications through walls or between different floors. Adjust the locations to avoid such situations.
• Check that there are no sources of radio interference near the printer and the access point.
The wireless connection may use the same frequency band as microwave ovens and other sources of radio interference. Try to keep the printer and the access point away from such sources.
• Check if the radio channel of the access point is close to that of other access points nearby.
If the radio channel of the access point is close to that of other access points nearby, the connection performance may become unstable. Be sure to use a radio channel that does not interfere with other access points.
• Check that the printer and the access point face each other.
Connection performance may depend on the orientations of the wireless devices. Replace the access point and the printer in another direction to achieve the best performance.
• Check whether other computers are not accessing the printer.
If appears in the result of the measurement, check whether other computers are not accessing the printer.
141
If still appears even if you have tried the above, finish the measurement, then restart the IJ Network
Tool to start over the measurement.
7. Click Finish.
Note
• If any messages appear on Overall Network Performance:, move the machine and access point as instructed to improve the performance.
142
Initializing the Network Settings of the Machine
Important
• Note that initialization erases all network settings on the machine, printing or scanning operation from a computer over network may become impossible. To use the machine over network, perform setup with the Setup CD-ROM or perform setup according to the instructions on our website.
1.
2. Select the printer in Printers:.
3. Select Maintenance... from the Settings menu.
The Maintenance screen is displayed.
4. Click Initialize.
5. When the confirmation screen is displayed, click Yes.
The network settings of the printer is initialized.
Do not turn off the printer during initialization.
Click OK when initialization is complete.
Performing initialization when connected over wireless LAN will break the connection, so perform setup with the Setup CD-ROM or perform setup according to the instructions on our website.
Note
• You can change the network settings of the printer using IJ Network Tool with USB connection after initializing the LAN settings. To change the network settings using Canon IJ Network Tool, activate wireless LAN in advance.
143
Viewing the Modified Settings
The Confirmation screen is displayed when you modified the printer settings on the Configuration screen.
When you click Yes on the Confirmation screen, the following screen is displayed for confirming the modified settings.
144
Screens for Network Connection of IJ Network Tool
Canon IJ Network Tool Screen
Configuration Screen
Wireless LAN Sheet
Search Screen
WEP Details Screen
WPA Details Screen
WPA2 Details Screen
Authentication Type Confirmation Screen
PSK: Passphrase and Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen
Setup Information Confirmation Screen
Wired LAN Sheet
Admin Password Sheet
Network Information Screen
Access Control Sheet
Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen/Add Accessible MAC Address Screen
Edit Accessible IP Address Screen/Add Accessible IP Address Screen
145
Canon IJ Network Tool Screen
This section describes the items and menus displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen.
Items on the Canon IJ Network Tool Screen
Items on the Canon IJ Network Tool Screen
The following item is displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen.
1. Printers:
The printer name, status, printer model name, and port name are displayed.
A check mark next to the printer in the Name list indicates it is set as the default printer.
Configuration changes are applied to the selected printer.
2. Update
Performs printer detection again. Click this button if the target printer is not displayed.
Important
• To change the printer's network settings using IJ Network Tool, it must be connected via a LAN.
• If No Driver is displayed for the name, associate the port with the printer.
When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port
• If Not Found is displayed for the status, check the followings:
• The access point is turned on.
• When using wired LAN, the LAN cable is connected properly.
• If the printer on a network is not detected, make sure that the printer is turned on, then click
Update. It may take several minutes to detect printers. If the printer is not yet detected, connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable, then click Update.
• If the printer is being used from another computer, a screen is displayed informing you of this condition.
146
Note
• This item has the same function as Refresh in the View menu.
3. Configuration...
Click to configure settings of the selected printer.
Note
• You cannot configure a printer that has the status Not Found.
• This item has the same function as Configuration... in the Settings menu.
Canon IJ Network Tool Menus
The following menu is displayed from the Canon IJ Network Tool screen.
1. File menu
Exit
Exits IJ Network Tool.
2. View menu
Status
Displays the Status screen to confirm the printer connection status and wireless communication status.
Refresh
Updates and displays the contents of Printers: on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen to the latest information.
Important
• To change the printer's network settings using IJ Network Tool, it must be connected via a LAN.
• If No Driver is displayed for the name, associate the port with the printer.
147
When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port
• If Not Found is displayed for the status, check the followings:
• The access point is turned on.
• When using wired LAN, the LAN cable is connected properly.
• If the printer on a network is not detected, make sure that the printer is turned on, then select
Refresh. It may take several minutes to detect printers. If the printer is not yet detected, connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable, then select Refresh.
• If the printer is being used from another computer, a screen is displayed informing you of this condition.
Note
• This item has the same function as Update in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen.
Network Information
Displays the Network Information screen to confirm the network settings of the printer and the computer.
Display Warning Automatically
Enables or disables automatic display of the instruction screen.
When this menu is selected, the instruction screen is displayed if one or more ports are unavailable for printing.
3. Settings menu
Configuration...
Displays the Configuration screen to configure settings of the selected printer.
Note
• This item has the same function as Configuration... in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen.
Associate Port...
Displays the Associate Port screen and you can associate a port with the printer.
This menu is available when No Driver is displayed for the selected printer. Associating a port with the printer enables you to use it.
Maintenance...
Displays the Maintenance screen to revert the network settings of the printer to factory default and to mount the card slot as the network drive.
4. Help menu
Instructions
Displays this guide.
About
Displays the version of IJ Network Tool.
148
Configuration Screen
You can change the configuration of the printer selected on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen.
Click the tab to select the sheet to change the settings.
The following screen is the example to change the setting on the Wireless LAN sheet.
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
For details on each sheet, see the following.
149
Wireless LAN Sheet
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
Allows you to set the printer with wireless LAN connection.
To display the Wireless LAN sheet, click the Wireless LAN tab on the Configuration screen.
1. Network Type:
Infrastructure
Connects the printer to the wireless LAN with an access point.
2. SSID:
The SSID of the wireless LAN is displayed.
As the initial settings, the unique value is displayed.
Note
• Enter the same SSID that the access point is configured to use. The SSID is case-sensitive.
3. Search...
The Search screen is displayed to select an access point to connect to.
Note
• When IJ Network Tool runs over a LAN, the button is grayed out and cannot be selected. Connect the printer and the computer with a USB cable temporarily to change the settings.
4. Encryption Method:
Select the encryption method used over the wireless LAN.
150
Do not use
Select to disable encryption.
Use WEP
Transmission is encrypted using a WEP key you specified.
If a WEP key has not been set, the WEP Details screen is displayed automatically. To change WEP settings set before, click Configuration... to display the screen.
Changing the WEP Detailed Settings
Use WPA/Use WPA2
Transmission is encrypted using a WPA or WPA2 key you specified.
The security has been strengthened more than WEP.
If a WPA or WPA2 key has not been set, the Authentication Type Confirmation screen is displayed automatically. To change WPA or WPA2 settings set before, click Configuration... to display the WPA Details screen or WPA2 Details screen.
Changing the WPA or WPA2 Detailed Settings
5. Configuration...
The detailed settings screen is displayed. The WEP, the WPA, or the WPA2 key selected in Encryption
Method: can be confirmed and changed.
For details on WEP setting:
Changing the WEP Detailed Settings
For details on WPA or WPA2 setting:
Changing the WPA or WPA2 Detailed Settings
6. TCP/IP Setup:
Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN. Specify a value appropriate for your network environment.
Get IP address automatically
Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP server functionality must be enabled on your wireless LAN router or access point.
Use next IP address
If no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer or you want to use a particular IP address, select this option to use a fixed IP address.
151
Search Screen
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
The access points detected are listed.
1. Detected Access Points:
The signal strength from the access point, encryption type, name of access point, and the radio channel can be confirmed.
Important
• If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures, there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party.
Note
• Signal strength is displayed as follows.
: Good
: Fair
: Poor
• Type of encryption is displayed as follows.
Blank: No encryption
WEP: WEP is set
WPA: WPA is set
WPA2: WPA2 is set
2. Update
Click to update the list of access points when your target access point is not detected.
If the target access point is set to the stealth mode, click Cancel to return to the previous screen and enter the access point's SSID in SSID: on the Wireless LAN sheet.
152
Note
• When detecting your target access point, make sure that the access point is turned on.
3. Set
Click to set the access point's SSID in SSID: on the Wireless LAN sheet.
Note
• The WEP Details screen, the WPA Details screen, or the WPA2 Details screen appears if the selected access point is encrypted. In this case, configure the details to use the same encryption settings set to the access point.
• Access points that cannot be used by this machine (including those configured to use different encryption methods) are displayed grayed out and cannot be configured.
153
WEP Details Screen
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
Specify the printer WEP settings.
Note
• When changing the password (WEP key) of the printer, the same change must be made to the password (WEP key) of the access point.
1. WEP Key:
Enter the same key as the one set to the access point.
The number of characters and character type that can be entered differ depending on the combination of the key length and key format.
Key Length
64bit 128bit
5 characters 13 characters
Key Format ASCII
Hexadecimal (Hex) 10 digits 26 digits
2. Key Length:
Select either 64bit or 128bit.
3. Key Format:
Select either ASCII or Hex.
4. Key ID:
Select the Key ID (index) set to the access point.
5. Authentication:
Select the authentication method to authenticate the printer's access to the access point.
Select Auto or Open System or Shared Key.
154
WPA Details Screen
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
Specify the printer WPA settings.
The value displayed on the screen differs depending on the present settings.
1. Authentication Type:
Displays the type of authentication used for client authentication. This machine supports the PSK authentication method.
2. Dynamic Encryption Type:
Displays the dynamic encryption method.
3. Change Settings...
Displays the Authentication Type Confirmation screen.
Authentication Type Confirmation Screen
155
WPA2 Details Screen
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
Specify the printer WPA2 settings.
The value displayed on the screen differs depending on the present settings.
1. Authentication Type:
Displays the type of authentication used for client authentication. This machine supports the PSK authentication method.
2. Dynamic Encryption Type:
Displays the dynamic encryption method.
3. Change Settings...
Displays the Authentication Type Confirmation screen.
Authentication Type Confirmation Screen
156
Authentication Type Confirmation Screen
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
Type of authentication used for client authentication is displayed.
1. Authentication Type
Type of authentication used for client authentication is displayed.
PSK
This machine supports the PSK authentication method.
This authentication type PSK uses a passphrase.
157
PSK: Passphrase and Dynamic Encryption Setup Screen
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
Enter the passphrase and select the dynamic encryption method.
1. Passphrase:
Enter the passphrase set to the access point. The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64-digit hexadecimal value.
If you do not know the access point passphrase, refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer.
2. Dynamic Encryption Type
Select the dynamic encryption method from either TKIP (Basic Encryption), or AES (Secure
Encryption) according to the setting of the access point.
158
Setup Information Confirmation Screen
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
Displays the settings used for client authentication.
Confirm the settings and click Finish.
159
Wired LAN Sheet
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
Allows you to set the printer with wired LAN connection.
To display the Wired LAN sheet, click the Wired LAN tab on the Configuration screen.
1. TCP/IP Setup:
Sets the IP address of the printer to be used over the LAN. Specify a value appropriate for your network environment.
Get IP address automatically
Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP server functionality must be enabled on your router.
Use next IP address
If no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the printer or you want to use a particular IP address, select this option to use a fixed IP address.
160
Admin Password Sheet
Set a password for the printer to allow specific people to perform setup and configurations operation.
To display the Admin Password sheet, click the Admin Password tab on the Configuration screen.
1. Use admin password
Set a password for the administrator with privileges to set up and change detailed options. To use this feature, select this check box and enter a password.
2. Password:
Enter the password to set.
3. Password Confirmation:
Enter the password again for confirmation.
161
Network Information Screen
Display the network information that is set for the printers and the computers.
To display the Network Information screen, select Network Information from the View menu.
1. OK
Returns to the Canon IJ Network Tool screen.
2. Copy All Information
All network information displayed is copy to the clipboard.
162
Access Control Sheet
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
You can register the MAC addresses or the IP addresses of computers or network devices to allow access.
To display the Access Control sheet, click the Access Control tab on the Configuration screen.
1. Printer Access Control Type:
Select the type of access control with which to limit access of computers or network devices to the printer over a network.
The setting items may differ depending on the choice of access control methods.
When Selecting MAC address
The accessible computers or network devices are specified by their MAC addresses. Computers or network devices whose MAC addresses appear on the list are allowed access.
163
1. Enable printer access control(MAC address)
Select to enable access control to the printer by MAC address.
Note
• The two types of access control (i.e., by MAC address and by IP address) can be enabled at the same time.
An access control type is enabled as long as the Enable printer access control check box is selected, regardless of the type currently displayed by selecting in Printer Access Control
Type:.
• When both access control types are enabled at the same time, a computer or a network device whose address is registered to either list will be allowed access to the printer.
2. Accessible MAC Addresses:
Shows the registered MAC addresses and any comments.
3. Edit...
The Edit Accessible MAC Address screen is displayed to edit the settings selected in Accessible
MAC Addresses:.
Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen/Add Accessible MAC Address Screen
4. Add...
The Add Accessible MAC Address screen is displayed to register the MAC address of a computer or a network device from which to access the printer over the network.
Important
• Add the MAC address of all computers or network devices within the network from which to access the printer. The printer cannot be accessed from a computer or a network device that is not on the list.
5. Delete
Deletes the selected MAC address from the list.
When Selecting IP address
The accessible computers or network devices are specified by their IP addresses. Computers or network devices whose IP addresses appear on the list are allowed access.
164
1. Enable printer access control(IP address)
Select to enable access control to the printer by IP address.
Note
• The two types of access control (i.e., by MAC address and by IP address) can be enabled at the same time.
An access control type is enabled as long as the Enable printer access control check box is selected, regardless of the type currently displayed by selecting in Printer Access Control
Type:.
• When both access control types are enabled at the same time, a computer or a network device whose address is registered to either list will be allowed access to the printer.
2. Accessible IP Addresses:
Shows the registered IP addresses and any comments.
3. Edit...
The Edit Accessible IP Address screen is displayed to edit the settings selected in Accessible IP
Addresses:.
Edit Accessible IP Address Screen/Add Accessible IP Address Screen
4. Add...
The Add Accessible IP Address screen is displayed to register the IP address of a computer or a network device from which to access the printer over the network.
Important
• Add the IP address of all computers or network devices within the network from which to access the printer. The printer cannot be accessed from a computer or a network device that is not on the list.
• Up to 16 IP addresses can be registered. IP addresses specified by Range Specification are counted as one address. Use Range Specification when you intend to register 17 or more IP addresses.
165
5. Delete
Deletes the selected IP address from the list.
166
Edit Accessible MAC Address Screen/Add Accessible MAC
Address Screen
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
The example screenshots in this section refer to the Add Accessible MAC Address Screen.
1. MAC Address:
Enter the MAC address of a computer or a network device to allow access.
2. Comment:
Optionally enter any information to identify the device, such as the name of the computer.
Important
• Comments will be displayed only on the computer used to enter them.
167
Edit Accessible IP Address Screen/Add Accessible IP Address
Screen
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
The example screenshots in this section refer to the Add Accessible IP Address Screen.
1. Specification Method:
Select either Single Address Specification or Range Specification to add the IP address(es).
Single Address Specification
Specify each IP address separately.
Range Specification
Specify a range of successive IP addresses.
2. IP Address:
Enter the IP address of a computer or a network device to allow access when you selected Single
Address Specification in Specification Method:.
An IP address is expressed as four values ranging from 0 to 255.
Start IP Address:
Enter the first IP address in the range of addresses of the computers or network devices to allow access when you selected Range Specification in Specification Method:.
An IP address is expressed as four values ranging from 0 to 255.
End IP Address:
Enter the last IP address in the range of addresses of the computers or network devices to allow access when you selected Range Specification in Specification Method:.
An IP address is expressed as four values ranging from 0 to 255.
Note
• The Start IP Address: must be a smaller value than the End IP Address:.
3. Comment:
Optionally enter any information to identify the device, such as the name of the computer.
Important
• Comments will be displayed only on the computer used to enter them.
168
Other Screens of IJ Network Tool
Canon IJ Network Tool Screen
Status Screen
Connection Performance Measurement Screen
Maintenance Screen
Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen
Associate Port Screen
Network Information Screen
169
Canon IJ Network Tool Screen
This section describes the items and menus displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen.
Items on the Canon IJ Network Tool Screen
Items on the Canon IJ Network Tool Screen
The following item is displayed on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen.
1. Printers:
The printer name, status, printer model name, and port name are displayed.
A check mark next to the printer in the Name list indicates it is set as the default printer.
Configuration changes are applied to the selected printer.
2. Update
Performs printer detection again. Click this button if the target printer is not displayed.
Important
• To change the printer's network settings using IJ Network Tool, it must be connected via a LAN.
• If No Driver is displayed for the name, associate the port with the printer.
When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port
• If Not Found is displayed for the status, check the followings:
• The access point is turned on.
• When using wired LAN, the LAN cable is connected properly.
• If the printer on a network is not detected, make sure that the printer is turned on, then click
Update. It may take several minutes to detect printers. If the printer is not yet detected, connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable, then click Update.
• If the printer is being used from another computer, a screen is displayed informing you of this condition.
170
Note
• This item has the same function as Refresh in the View menu.
3. Configuration...
Click to configure settings of the selected printer.
Note
• You cannot configure a printer that has the status Not Found.
• This item has the same function as Configuration... in the Settings menu.
Canon IJ Network Tool Menus
The following menu is displayed from the Canon IJ Network Tool screen.
1. File menu
Exit
Exits IJ Network Tool.
2. View menu
Status
Displays the Status screen to confirm the printer connection status and wireless communication status.
Refresh
Updates and displays the contents of Printers: on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen to the latest information.
Important
• To change the printer's network settings using IJ Network Tool, it must be connected via a LAN.
• If No Driver is displayed for the name, associate the port with the printer.
171
When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port
• If Not Found is displayed for the status, check the followings:
• The access point is turned on.
• When using wired LAN, the LAN cable is connected properly.
• If the printer on a network is not detected, make sure that the printer is turned on, then select
Refresh. It may take several minutes to detect printers. If the printer is not yet detected, connect the machine and the computer with a USB cable, then select Refresh.
• If the printer is being used from another computer, a screen is displayed informing you of this condition.
Note
• This item has the same function as Update in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen.
Network Information
Displays the Network Information screen to confirm the network settings of the printer and the computer.
Display Warning Automatically
Enables or disables automatic display of the instruction screen.
When this menu is selected, the instruction screen is displayed if one or more ports are unavailable for printing.
3. Settings menu
Configuration...
Displays the Configuration screen to configure settings of the selected printer.
Note
• This item has the same function as Configuration... in the Canon IJ Network Tool screen.
Associate Port...
Displays the Associate Port screen and you can associate a port with the printer.
This menu is available when No Driver is displayed for the selected printer. Associating a port with the printer enables you to use it.
Maintenance...
Displays the Maintenance screen to revert the network settings of the printer to factory default and to mount the card slot as the network drive.
4. Help menu
Instructions
Displays this guide.
About
Displays the version of IJ Network Tool.
172
Status Screen
You can check the printer status and connection performance.
To display the Status screen, select Status from the View menu.
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
• When using wired LAN, Signal Strength:, Link Quality: and Advanced Measurement... are not available.
1. Device Status:
The device status is displayed as Available or Unavailable.
2. Signal Strength:
Indicates the strength of the signal received by the printer, ranging from 0% to 100%.
3. Link Quality:
Indicates the signal quality excluding the noise while communicating, ranging from 0% to 100%.
4. Advanced Measurement...
To examine the connection performance between the printer and the access point or between the printer and the computer.
When you click, the Connection Performance Measurement is displayed.
Connection Performance Measurement Screen
173
Connection Performance Measurement Screen
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
Displays to execute the connection performance measurement.
Connection Performance Measurement Screen (Initial Screen)
Connection Performance Measurement Screen (Completion Screen)
Connection Performance Measurement Screen (Initial Screen)
Click Next> to start measurement.
Connection Performance Measurement Screen (Completion Screen)
Displays when the measurement is finished.
174
1. Connection Performance between the Printer and the Access Point:
A mark indicates the result of the connection performance measurement between the printer and the access point.
: Good connection performance
: Unstable connection performance
: Cannot connect
: Measurement is canceled, or cannot measure
2. Remeasurement
Measures the connection performance again.
Note
• If any messages appear on Overall Network Performance:, move the machine and access point as instructed to improve the performance.
175
Maintenance Screen
Displays to perform Setting Initialization and Network Setup of the Card Slot.
To display the Maintenance screen, select Maintenance... from the Settings menu.
1. Setting Initialization
Reverts all the network settings of the printer to factory default. Click Initialize to display the Initialize
Settings screen and click Yes to initialize the network settings of the printer. Do not turn off the printer during initialization. Click OK when initialization is complete.
Performing initialization when connected over wireless LAN will break the connection, so perform setup with the Setup CD-ROM or perform setup according to the instructions on our website.
2. Network Setup of the Card Slot
Note
• This item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
Status displays whether the card slot is mapped as a network drive.
When you click, the Network Setup of the Card Slot is displayed.
Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen
176
Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
Displays settings of the card slot and allows you to map a card slot on the network as a network drive on the computer.
Displays when you click Setup on the Maintenance screen.
Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen (Setup Screen)
Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen (Setup Failed Screen)
Note
• You can change the network settings of the printer using IJ Network Tool with USB connection after initializing the LAN settings. To change the network settings using IJ Network Tool, activate the LAN settings in advance.
Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen (Setup Screen)
1. Drive:
Select the drive letter to assign to the network drive.
2. Update
Reloads the drive letters that are unassigned in Computer (My Computer in Windows XP) and displays them in the Drive: list.
Network Setup of the Card Slot Screen (Setup Failed Screen)
Display when the network setup of the card slot is failed.
177
1. Skip
Completes the setup without mapping a network drive to the card slot.
2. Retry
Returns to Network Setup of the Card Slot screen and re-executes the network drive mapping.
3. Cancel
Cancels the card slot setup. When IJ Network Tool is running over LAN, the Cancel button is displayed grayed out and cannot be clicked.
178
Associate Port Screen
Allows you to associate a created port with a printer driver.
Select the printer for which you want to change the association, then click OK.
Note
• You cannot print with the printer unless the printer driver is associated with the port.
1. Model:
Displays the name of device specified as a destination port.
It is blank if the name of device is not detected.
2. Printer:
Displays the printer driver installed in the computer.
Select the printer for which you want to change the association.
3. OK
Performs association.
179
Network Information Screen
Display the network information that is set for the printers and the computers.
To display the Network Information screen, select Network Information from the View menu.
1. OK
Returns to the Canon IJ Network Tool screen.
2. Copy All Information
All network information displayed is copy to the clipboard.
180
Appendix for Network Communication
Using the Card Slot over a Network
When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port
About Technical Terms
Restrictions
About Firewall
181
Using the Card Slot over a Network
Note
• This screen is not available depending on the printer you are using.
Mounting the Card Slot as the Network Drive
Restrictions on Card Slot Use over a Network
Mounting the Card Slot as the Network Drive
The card slot must be mounted to use it over a network.
To mount the card slot as the network drive, follow the procedure below.
1. Insert a memory card into the card slot of the machine.
2.
3. Select the machine in Printers:.
4. Select Maintenance... on the Settings menu.
5. Click Setup.
6. Specify the drive letter, then click OK.
182
7. Make sure that the card slot is mounted.
When the card slot is mounted, the following icon appears on Computer (or My Computer).
Restrictions on Card Slot Use over a Network
• The card slot can be shared by multiple computers, if the machine is connected to a network. Multiple computers can read files from a memory card in the card slot at the same time. However, while one computer is writing a file into a memory card, other computers cannot access the same file.
• If your computer joins a domain, the card slot may not be mounted as the network drive.
• If you use the memory card stored the large size files or many files, a large amount of card access may be generated. In this case, the operation in the memory card may be impossible or slow. Operate after the Access lamp of the machine is lit.
• When you access the network drive for the card slot over the network, file names consisting of eight or less lowercase letters (not including its extension) may be shown in uppercase.
For example, a file name such as "abcdefg.doc" will be "ABCDEFG.DOC", while a name such as
"AbcdeFG.doc" will appear the same.
The file is not actually renamed, but merely appears to be changed.
• When you enable a memory card in the card slot of the machine to be writable only from a USBconnected computer, you cannot access the network drive of the card slot. On the other hand, when you enable it to be writable only from a LAN-connected computer, the card slot is not detected via
USB. Make sure that the card slot setting is selected properly according to your connection method.
To read files from a memory card via USB and over a network, disable the function to write files to a memory card from a computer. You cannot write files to a memory card in either way with this setting.
• When you enable a memory card in the card slot of the machine to be writable only from a LANconnected computer, you can write files to a memory card from a computer connected to a network.
Note that it may increase the risk that the data on the memory card is infected by computer viruses or accessed illegally.
It is recommended to use the access control function of the machine or connect to the Internet via a router. For information on using a router, contact your Internet service provider or a network device manufacturer.
• If you write files to a memory card over a network when IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is not running, the Date Modified of the files may not be proper. Make sure to start up IJ Network Scanner
Selector EX before you write files to a memory card over the network. For details, refer to "IJ Network
Scanner Selector EX Menu and Setting Screen" from the HOME of your product's Online Manual.
183
When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port
If No Driver is displayed for the printer's name on the Canon IJ Network Tool screen, the printer driver is not associated with a created port.
To associate a port with a printer driver, follow the procedure below.
1.
2. Select the printer displayed as No Driver on Name.
3. Select Associate Port... on the Settings menu.
The Associate Port screen is displayed.
4. Select a printer to associate with a port.
The list of the printers that the printer driver is installed is displayed at Printer: on the Associate Port screen. Select a printer to associate with a created port.
5. Click OK.
184
About Technical Terms
In this section, technical terms used in the manual are explained.
A
• Access Point
A wireless transceiver or base station that receives information from wireless clients/the machine and rebroadcasts it. Required in an infrastructure network.
• Ad-hoc
Client computer and machine setting where wireless communication occurs on a peer-to-peer basis, i.e., all clients in with the same SSID/network name communicate directly with each other. No access point is required. This machine does not support ad-hoc communication.
• Admin Password
Administration password in IJ Network Tool to restrict access to network users. It must be entered to access the printer and change printer settings.
When the printer's network settings are factory default, the admin password does not have to been entered.
• AES
An encryption method. It is optional for WPA. Strong cryptographic algorithm adopted within U.S.
government organizations for information processing.
• Authentication Method
The method that an access point uses to authenticate a printer through a wireless LAN. The methods are agreeable each other.
185
When using WEP as an encryption method, the authentication method is able to fix to Open System or Shared Key.
For WPA/WPA2, authentication method is PSK.
â—¦ Auto
The printer automatically changes its authentication method to match the access point.
â—¦ Open System
In this authentication method, the communication partner is authenticated without using WEP key even if Use WEP is selected.
â—¦ Shared Key
In this authentication method, the communication partner is authenticated using the WEP key that was set for encryption.
B
• Bonjour
A service built into Mac OS X operating system to detect the connectable devices on a network automatically.
C
• Channel
Frequency channel for wireless communication. In the infrastructure mode, the channel is automatically adjusted to match that set to the access point. This machine supports channels 1 to 13.
Note that the number of channels that can be used for your wireless LAN varies depending on the region or country.
D
• Default Gateway
A relay device to connect to another network such as a router or a computer.
• DHCP server functionality
The router or the access point assigns an IP address automatically whenever the printer or the personal computer on a network starts up.
• DNS server
A server that converts device names into IP addresses. When specifying IP addresses manually, specify the addresses of both a primary and a secondary server.
F
• Firewall
It is a system that prevents an unlawful computer access in the network. To prevent, you can use the firewall function of a broadband router, the security software installed in the computer, or operation system for computer.
186
I
• IEEE 802.11b
International standard for wireless LAN using the 2.4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to
11 Mbps.
• IEEE 802.11g
International standard for wireless LAN using the 2.4 GHz frequency range with a throughput of up to
54 Mbps. Compatible with 802.11b.
• IEEE 802.11n
International standard for wireless LAN using the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency ranges. Even when using two or more antennas simultaneously or obtaining a bigger transfer rate than before by using multiple communication channels at the same time, the transmission speed may be influenced by the connected apparatus.
At the maximum transfer rate of 600 Mbps, it is possible to communicate with multiple computer terminals within a dozen or so metre radius.
Compatible with 802.11b and 802.11g.
• Infrastructure
Client computer and machine setup where all wireless communications pass through an access point.
• IP Address
A unique number with four parts separated by dots. Every network device that is connected to the
Internet has an IP address. Example: 192.168.0.1
An IP address is usually assigned by an access point or a DHCP server of the router automatically.
• IPv4/IPv6
They are internetwork-layer protocol used on the internet. IPv4 uses 32-bit addresses and IPv6 uses
128-bit addresses.
K
• Key Format
Select either ASCII or Hex as the WEP key format. The character that can be used for the WEP key differs depending on the selected key formats.
â—¦ ASCII
Specify with a 5 or 13-character string that can include alphanumeric and underscore "_" characters. It is case-sensitive.
â—¦ Hex
Specify a 10-digit or 26-digit string that can contain hexadecimal (0 to 9, A to F, and a to f).
• Key Length
Length of the WEP key. Select either 64 bits or 128 bits. Longer key length allows you to set a more complex WEP key.
187
L
• Link Quality
The status of connection between the access point and the printer excluding noise (interference) is indicated with a value from 0 to 100%.
• LPR
A platform-independent printing protocol used in TCP/IP networks. It is not supported bidirectional communication.
M
• MAC Address
Also known as the physical address. A unique and permanent hardware identifier that is assigned to network devices by its manufacturer. MAC addresses are 48 bits long and are written as a hexadecimal number separated by colons, i.e., 11:22:33:44:55:66.
O
• Operation Status
Indicates the status on whether the printer can be used.
P
• Proxy server
A server that links a LAN-connected computer to the Internet. When using a proxy server, specify the address and the port number of the proxy server.
• PSK
An encryption method employed by WPA/WPA2.
R
• Router
A relay device to connect to another network.
S
• Signal Strength
The strength of the signal received by the printer from the access point is indicated with a value from
0 to 100%.
• SSID
Unique label for wireless LAN. It is often represented such as a network name or an access point name.
SSID distinguishes one wireless LAN from another to prevent interference.
188
The printer and all clients on a wireless LAN must use the same SSID in order to communicate with each other. The SSID can be up to 32 characters long, and is made up of alphanumeric characters.
The SSID may also be referred to by its network name.
• Stealth
In the stealth mode, an access point hides itself by not broadcasting its SSID. The client must specify the SSID set to the access point to detect it.
• Subnet Mask
IP address has two components, the network address and the host address. Subnet Mask used to calculate the Subnet Mask address from the IP address. A Subnet Mask is usually assigned by an access point or a DHCP server of the router automatically.
Example:
IP Address: 192.168.127.123
Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0
Subnet Mask Address: 192.168.127.0
T
• TCP/IP
Suite of communications protocols used to connect hosts on the Internet or the LAN. This protocol allows different terminals to communicate with each other.
• TKIP
An encryption protocol employed by WPA/WPA2.
U
• USB
Serial interface designed to enable you to "hot-swap" devices, i.e., by plugging and unplugging them without turning off the power.
W
• WCN (Windows Connect Now)
Users running Windows Vista or later can obtain the setting information directly via wireless network
(WCN-NET).
• WEP/WEP Key
An encryption method employed by IEEE 802.11. Shared security key used to encrypt and decrypt data sent over wireless networks. This printer supports key length of 64 bits or 128 bits, key format of
ASCII code or Hexadecimal, and key number of 1 to 4.
• Wi-Fi
International association that certifies interoperability of wireless LAN products based on the IEEE
802.11 specification.
189
This machine is a Wi-Fi authorized product.
• Wireless LAN
A network that, instead of being connected by physical wires, is connected by a wireless technology, such as Wi-Fi.
• WPA
Security framework announced by the Wi-Fi Alliance in October 2002. The security has been strengthened more than WEP.
â—¦ Authentication
WPA defines the following authentication methods: PSK that can be used without an authentication server, plus WPA-802.1x that do require an authentication server.
This machine supports WPA-PSK.
â—¦ Passphrase
This encrypted key is used to perform WPA-PSK authentication.
The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64-digit hexadecimal value.
• WPA2
Security framework released by the Wi-Fi Alliance in September 2004 as a later version of WPA.
Provides a stronger encryption mechanism through Advanced Encryption Standard (AES).
â—¦ Authentication
WPA2 defines the following authentication methods: PSK that can be used without an authentication server, plus WPA2-802.1x that do require an authentication server.
This machine supports WPA2-PSK.
â—¦ Passphrase
This encrypted key is used to perform WPA2-PSK authentication.
The passphrase should be a string of 8 to 63 alphanumeric characters or a 64-digit hexadecimal value.
• WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup)
WPS is a standard for easy and secure establishment of a wireless network.
There are 2 primary methods used in the Wi-Fi Protected Setup:
PIN entry: a mandatory method of setup for all WPS certified devices
Push button configuration (PBC): an actual push button on the hardware or through a simulated push button in the software.
190
Restrictions
If you use a printer over the wireless LAN, the printer may recognize nearby wireless systems, you should set a network key (WEP, WPA, or WPA2) to the access point to encrypt wireless transmission. Wireless communication with a product that does not comply with the Wi-Fi standard cannot be guaranteed.
Connecting with too many computers may affect the printer performance, such as printing speed.
191
About Firewall
A firewall is a function of the security software installed in the computer or operation system for computer, and is a system that is designed to prevent unauthorized access to a network.
Precautions When a Firewall Function is Enabled
• A firewall function may limit communications between a printer and a computer. This may disable printer setup and communications.
• During the printer setup, you may be prompted to enable or disable communications, depending on the firewall function of the security software or operation system. If so, choose to enable communications.
• When using IJ Network Tool, you may be prompted to enable or disable communications, depending on the firewall function of the security software. If so, choose to enable communications.
• If you cannot set up the printer, temporarily disable the firewall function of the security software or operation system.
Important
• If you disabled the firewall function, disconnect your network from the Internet.
• Some applications (like the network configuration software) override firewall settings. Check the application's settings beforehand.
• If the printer you use is set to Get IP address automatically, the IP address changes every time the printer connects to the network. This may disable printer setup and communications, depending on the firewall settings. In this case, either change the firewall settings or assign a fixed IP address to the printer. An IP address can be set using IJ Network Tool.
Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet
Changing the Settings in the Wired LAN Sheet
When assigning a fixed IP address to the printer, you will need to specify an IP address with which the computer can communicate.
Note
• For the operation system firewall settings or the security software firewall settings, refer to the instruction manual of the computer or software, or contact its manufacturer.
192
Tips for Ensuring Optimal Printing Quality
Useful Information about Ink
Key Points to Successful Printing
Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper
Canceling a Print Job
Printer Handling Precautions
Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality
Precautions for Safe Transport of the Printer
193
Useful Information about Ink
How is ink used for various purposes other than printing?
Ink may be used for purposes other than printing.
When you use the Canon printer for the first time after you install the bundled ink tanks, the printer consumes a small amount of ink in the amount to enable printing by filling the nozzles of the Print Head with ink. For this reason, the number of sheets that can be printed with the first ink tanks is fewer than the succeeding ink tanks.
The printing costs described in the brochures or websites are based on the consumption data from not the first ink tank /ink cartridge but the succeeding ink tank /ink cartridge.
Ink is sometimes used to maintain the optimal printing quality.
To keep printer's performance, Canon printer performs cleaning automatically according to its condition.
When the printer performs cleaning, a small amount of ink is consumed. In this case, all colors of ink may be consumed.
[Cleaning function]
The cleaning function helps the printer to suck air bubbles or ink itself from the nozzle and thus prevents print quality degradation or nozzle clogging.
Does black-and-white printing use color ink?
Black-and-white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the settings of the printer driver. So, color ink is consumed even when printing in black-and-white.
Why does the printer have two black ink tanks?
There are two kinds of black ink in the printer: dye ink (BK) and pigment ink (PGBK).
The dye ink is used mainly for printing photos, illustration, etc., and the pigment ink is used for text-based documents. Each has different purposes so that even if one runs out, another will not be used instead. If either of them runs out, the ink tank replacement is required.
These two inks are automatically used depending on the type of printing paper or the settings of the printer driver. You cannot change the usage of these inks yourself.
The ink lamp indicates when ink is running low.
The inside of the ink tank consists of (A) the part where ink is preserved and (B) the sponge with absorbed ink.
When the ink (A) runs out, the ink lamp flashes slowly to indicate that the ink is running low.
Then, when the ink (B) runs out, the ink lamp flashes fast to indicate that the ink tank needs to be replaced with a new one.
194
Checking the Ink Status with the Ink Lamps
195
Key Points to Successful Printing
Check the printer status before printing!
• Is the print head OK?
If a print head nozzle is clogged, print will be faint and papers will be wasted. Print the nozzle check pattern to check the print head.
• Is the inside of the printer smeared with ink?
After printing large quantities of paper or performing borderless printing, the area where papers go
through may get smeared with ink. Clean the inside of your printer with Bottom Plate Cleaning .
Check how to load the paper correctly!
• Is the paper loaded in the correct orientation?
To load paper in the rear tray, load paper WITH THE PRINT SIDE FACING YOU.
• Is the paper curled?
The curled paper causes paper jam. Flatten the curled paper, then reload it.
"Load the paper after correcting its curl." in
Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched
196
Be Sure to Make Paper Settings after Loading Paper
If the media type setting is not the one for the loaded paper, printing results may not be satisfactory. After loading paper, be sure to select the appropriate media type setting for the loaded paper.
Print Results Not Satisfactory
There are various types of paper: paper with special coating on the surface for printing photos with optimal quality and paper suitable for documents.
Each media type has specific preset settings, such as how ink is used and sprayed, distance from nozzles, etc., so that you can print on that type with optimal image quality.
This allows you to print with the settings best suited for the loaded media type just by selecting that media type.
197
Canceling a Print Job
Never press the ON button!
If you press the ON button while printing is in progress, the print data sent from the computer queues in the printer and you may not be able to continue to print.
Press the RESUME/CANCEL button to cancel printing.
198
Printer Handling Precautions
Do not place any object on the top cover!
Do not place any object on the top cover. It will fall into the rear tray when the top cover is opened and cause the printer to malfunction. Also, place the printer where objects will not fall on it.
199
Key to Enjoying Consistent Printing Quality
The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging.
Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality.
Never unplug the power cord until the power is turned off!
If you press the ON button to turn off the power, the printer caps the print head (nozzles) automatically to prevent from drying. If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet before the POWER lamp is not lit, the print head will not be capped properly and this will cause drying or clogging.
When unplugging the power cord , make sure that the POWER lamp is not lit.
Print periodically!
Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long time, even if it is capped, the print head too, may become dried or clogged if the printer has not been used for a long time.
We recommend you to use the printer at least once a month.
Note
• Depending on the type of paper, ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or paint-stick, or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area.
200
Precautions for Safe Transport of the Printer
When relocating the printer, make sure of the following.
Important
• Pack the printer in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down, using sufficient protective material to ensure safe transport.
• With the print head and ink tank left installed in the printer, press the ON button to turn off the power.
This allows the printer to automatically cap the print head, thus preventing it from drying.
• After packing, do not tilt the box containing the printer or turn it on its side or upside down. Doing so may cause the ink to leak during transport and cause damage to the printer.
• When a shipping agent is handling transport of the printer, have its box marked "THIS SIDE UP" to keep the printer with its bottom facing down. Mark also with "FRAGILE" or "HANDLE WITH CARE".
1. Turn the printer off.
2. Confirm that the POWER lamp is off and unplug the power cord .
Important
• Do not unplug the printer while the POWER lamp is lit or flashing white, as it may cause malfunction or damage to the printer, making the printer unable to print.
3. Retract the paper support, then close it.
4. Retract the paper output tray, then close the front cover gently.
5. Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the printer, then unplug the power cord from the printer.
6. Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the printer to keep them from opening during transportation. Then pack the printer in the plastic bag.
7. Attach the protective material to the printer when packing the printer in the box.
201
Legal Limitations on Use of Your Product and Use of Images
It may be unlawful to print the following documents.
The list provided is non-exhaustive. When in doubt, check with a legal representative in your jurisdiction.
• Paper money
• Money orders
• Certificates of deposit
• Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
• Identifying badges or insignias
• Selective service or draft papers
• Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies
• Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title
• Traveler's checks
• Food stamps
• Passports
• Immigration papers
• Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
• Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness
• Stock certificates
• Copyrighted works/works of art without permission of copyright owner
202
Specifications
General Specifications
Printing resolution (dpi)
Interface
Print width
Operating environment
Storage environment
Power supply
Power consumption
External dimensions
Weight
9600* (horizontal) x 2400 (vertical)
* Ink droplets can be placed with a pitch of 1/9600 inch at minimum.
USB Port:
Hi-Speed USB *1
LAN Port:
Wired LAN: 100BASE-TX / 10BASE-T
Wireless LAN: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b *2
*1 A computer that complies with Hi-Speed USB standard is required. Since the Hi-Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1.1, it can be used at USB 1.1.
*2 Setup possible through WPS (Wi-Fi Protected Setup), WCN (Windows
Connect Now) or Cableless setup.
12.7 inches/322.2 mm
(for Borderless Printing: 13 inches/329 mm)
Temperature: 41 to 95 °F (5 to 35 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 90 % RH (no condensation)
* The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature and humidity conditions.
Recommended conditions:
Temperature: 59 to 86 °F (15 to 30 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 80 % RH (no condensation)
* For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper, refer to the paper's packaging or the supplied instructions.
Temperature: 32 to 104 °F (0 to 40 °C)
Humidity: 5 to 95 % RH (no condensation)
AC 100-240 V, 50/60 Hz
Printing: Approx. 24 W *1
Standby (minimum): Approx. 2.0 W *1*2
OFF: Approx. 0.3 W
*1 Wireless LAN is active.
*2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed.
Approx. 23 (W) x 12.3 (D) x 6.3 (H) inches
Approx. 584 (W) x 310 (D) x 159 (H) mm
* With the Paper Support and Paper Output Tray retracted.
Approx. 17.9 lb (Approx. 8.1 kg)
* With the Print Head and ink tanks installed.
203
Print Head/Ink
Total 5120 nozzles (PgBK 1024 nozzles, Y/DyeBK each 512 nozzles, C/M each 1536 nozzles)
Network Specifications
Communication protocol
Wired LAN
Wireless LAN
TCP/IP
Supported Standards: IEEE802.3u (100BASE-TX) / IEEE802.3 (10BASE-T)
Transfer speed: 10 M/100 Mbps (auto switching)
Supported Standards: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b
Frequency bandwidth: 2.4 GHz
Channel: 1-11 or 1-13
* Frequency bandwidth and available channels differ depending on country or region.
Communication distance: Indoors 164 feet/50 m
* Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location.
Security:
WEP (64/128 bits)
WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES)
WPA2-PSK (TKIP/AES)
Setup:
WPS (Push button configuration/PIN code method)
WCN (WCN-NET)
Cableless setup
Other Features: Administration password
Minimum System Requirements
Conform to the operating system's requirements when higher than those given here.
Windows
Operating System
Browser
Hard Disk Space
Display
Windows 8, Windows 8.1
Windows 7, Windows 7 SP1
Windows Vista SP1, Windows Vista SP2
Windows XP SP3 32-bit only
Internet Explorer 8 or later
3 GB
Note: For bundled software installation.
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.
XGA 1024 x 768
204
Mac OS
Operating System
Browser
Hard Disk Space
Display
Mac OS X v10.6.8 or later
Safari 5 or later
1.5 GB
Note: For bundled software installation.
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.
XGA 1024 x 768
Other Supported OS
Some functions may not be available with each OS. Refer to the manual or the Canon web site for details on operation with iOS, Android, and Windows RT.
Mobile Printing Capability
Apple AirPrint
Google Cloud Print
• An internet connection is required to view the Online Manual.
• Windows: Operation can only be guaranteed on a computer with Windows 8.1, Windows 8,
Windows 7, Windows Vista or Windows XP pre-installed.
• Windows: A CD-ROM Drive or internet connection is required during software installation.
• Windows: Internet Explorer 8, 9 or 10 is required to install Easy-WebPrint EX.
Easy-WebPrint EX for Internet Explorer 9 or 10 can be downloaded from the Canon web site.
• Windows: Some functions may not be available with Windows Media Center.
• Windows: .NET Framework 4 or 4.5 must be installed to use the Windows software.
• Windows: XPS Essentials Pack is required to print on Windows XP.
• Mac OS: Hard Disk must be formatted as Mac OS Extended (Journaled) or Mac OS Extended.
• Mac OS: For Mac OS, an internet connection is required during software installation.
Specifications are subject to change without notice.
205
Printing
Printing from a Computer
Printing with Application Software that You are Using (Printer Driver)
206
Printing from a Computer
Printing with Application Software that You are Using (Printer Driver)
207
Printing with Application Software that You are Using (Printer
Driver)
Basic
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
Overview of the Printer Driver
208
Printing with Easy Setup
This section describes the simple procedure for setting the
so that you can carry out appropriate printing on this printer.
1.
Check that the printer is turned on
2.
on the printer
3. Open the printer driver setup window
4. Select a frequently used profile
In Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab, select a printing profile suited for the purpose.
When you select a printing profile, the Additional Features, Media Type, and Printer Paper Size settings are automatically switched to the values that were preset.
5. Select the print quality
For Print Quality, select High, Standard, or Draft according to your purpose.
209
Important
• The print quality settings that can be selected may differ depending on a printing profile.
6. Complete the setup
Click OK.
When you execute print, the document is printed with settings that match your purpose.
Important
• When you select the Always Print with Current Settings check box, all settings specified on the
Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs are saved, and you can print with the same settings from the next time as well.
• In the Commonly Used Settings window, click Save... to register the specified settings .
210
Setting the Media Type with the Printer Driver
When you use this printer, selecting a media type that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the best print results.
You can use the following media types on this printer.
Commercially available papers
Media name
Plain Paper (including recycled paper)
Envelopes
Media Type in the printer driver
Plain Paper
Envelope
Canon genuine papers (Photo Printing)
Media name <Model No.>
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201>
Photo Paper Pro Platinum <PT-101>
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-501/GP-601>
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
Media Type in the printer driver
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II
Photo Paper Pro Platinum
Photo Paper Pro Luster
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss
Glossy Photo Paper
Matte Photo Paper
Canon genuine papers (Business Letter Printing)
Media name <Model No.>
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>
Media Type in the printer driver
High Resolution Paper
Canon genuine papers (Original Products)
Media name <Model No.>
T-Shirt Transfers <TR-301>
Photo Stickers <PS-101>
Media Type in the printer driver
T-Shirt Transfers
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II
211
Various Printing Methods
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background
Displaying the Print Results before Printing
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History
212
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
The paper size and orientation are essentially determined by the application software. When the page size and orientation set for Page Size and Orientation on the Page Setup tab are same as those set with the application software, you do not need to select them on the Page Setup tab.
When you are not able to specify them with the application software, the procedure for selecting a page size and orientation is as follows:
You can also set page size and orientation on the Quick Setup tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the paper size
Select a page size from the Page Size list on the Page Setup tab.
3. Set Orientation
Select Portrait or Landscape for Orientation. Check Rotate 180 degrees check box when you want to perform printing with the original being rotated 180 degrees.
4. Complete the setup
Click OK.
When you execute print, the document will be printed with the selected page size and the orientation.
Note
• If Normal-size is selected for Page Layout, then Automatically reduce large document that the
printer cannot output is displayed.
Normally, you can leave the check box checked. During printing, if you do not want to reduce large documents that cannot be printed on the printer, uncheck the check box.
213
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
The procedure for specifying the number of copies and printing order is as follows:
You can also set the number of copies on the Quick Setup tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Specify the number of copies to be printed
For Copies on the Page Setup tab, specify the number of copies to be printed.
3. Specify the print order
Check the Print from Last Page check box when you want to print from the last page in order, and uncheck the check box when you want to print from the first page.
Check the Collate check box when you are printing multiple copies of a document and want to print out all pages in each copy together. Uncheck this check box when you want to print all pages with the same page number together.
• Print from Last Page: /Collate:
• Print from Last Page: /Collate:
• Print from Last Page: /Collate:
214
• Print from Last Page: /Collate:
4. Complete the setup
Click OK.
When you execute print, the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order.
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with both the application software and this printer driver, the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
• Print from Last Page appears grayed out and is unavailable when Tiling/Poster is selected for Page
Layout.
• When Booklet is selected for Page Layout, Print from Last Page and Collate appear grayed out and cannot be set.
• When Duplex Printing (Manual) is selected, Print from Last Page appears grayed out and cannot be set.
Note
• By setting both Print from Last Page and Collate, you can perform printing so that papers are collated one by one starting from the last page.
These settings can be used in combination with Normal-size, Borderless, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, and
Page Layout.
215
Setting the Stapling Margin
The procedure for setting the staple side and the margin width is as follows:
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Specify the side to be stapled
Check the position of the stapling margin from Stapling Side on the Page Setup tab.
The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings, and automatically selects the best staple position. When you want to change the setting, select from the list.
3. Set the margin width
If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK.
216
Note
• The printer automatically reduces the print area depending on the staple position margin.
4. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you execute print, the data is printed with the specified staple side and margin width.
Important
• Stapling Side and Specify Margin... appear grayed out and are unavailable when:
• Borderless, Tiling/Poster, or Booklet is selected for Page Layout
• Scaled is selected for Page Layout (When Duplex Printing (Manual) is also selected, only
Stapling Side can be specified.)
217
Execute Borderless Printing
The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so that it extends slightly off the paper. In standard printing, margins are created around the document area.
However, in borderless printing function, these margins are not created. When you want to print data such as a photo without providing any margin around it, set borderless printing.
The procedure for performing borderless printing is as follows:
You can also set borderless printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab.
Setting Borderless Printing
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set borderless printing
Select Borderless from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
When a message prompting you to change the media type appears, select a media type from the list and click OK.
3. Check the paper size
218
Check the Page Size list. When you want to change it, select another page size from the list. The list displays only sizes that can be used for borderless printing.
4. Adjust the amount of extension from the paper
If necessary, adjust the amount of extension using the Amount of Extension slider.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount extending off the paper, and moving the slider to the left decreases the amount.
It is recommended to set the slider at the second position from the right for most cases.
Important
• When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the rightmost position, the back side of the paper may become smudged.
5. Complete the setup
Click OK.
When you execute print, the data is printed without any margins on the paper.
Important
• When a page size that cannot be used for borderless printing is selected, the size is automatically changed to the valid page sizes for borderless printing.
• When Borderless is selected, the Printer Paper Size, Duplex Printing (Manual), Stapling Side settings, and the Stamp/Background... (Stamp...) button on the Page Setup tab appear grayed out and are unavailable.
• When Envelope, High Resolution Paper, or T-Shirt Transfers is selected from the Media Type list on the Main tab, you cannot perform borderless printing.
• Depending on the type of the media used during borderless printing, the print quality may deteriorate at the top and bottom of the sheet or stains may form.
• When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data, a portion of the image may not be printed depending on the size of the media used.
In this case, crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size.
Note
• When Plain Paper is selected for Media Type on the Main tab, borderless printing is not recommended. Therefore, the message for media selection appears.
When you are using plain paper for test printing, select Plain Paper, and click OK.
Expanding the Range of the Document to Print
Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems. However, the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason, the subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed.
When you are not satisfied with the result of borderless printing, reduce the amount of extension. The extension amount decreases as the Amount of Extension slider is moved to the left.
219
Important
• When the amount of extension is decreased, an unexpected margin may be produced on the print, depending on the size of the paper.
Note
• When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the leftmost position, image data will be printed in the full size. If you set this when printing the address side of a postcard, the postal code of the sender is printed in the correct position.
• When Preview before printing is checked on the Main tab, you can confirm whether there will be no margin before printing.
220
Fit-to-Page Printing
The procedure for printing a document that is automatically enlarged or reduced to fit the page size to be used is as follows:
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set fit-to-page printing
Select Fit-to-Page from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
3. Select the paper size of the document
Using Page Size, select the page size that is set with your application software.
4. Select the print paper size
Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list.
When the Printer Paper Size is smaller than the Page Size, the page image will be reduced. When the
Printer Paper Size is larger than the Page Size, the page image will be enlarged.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
221
5. Complete the setup
Click OK.
When you execute print, the document will be enlarged or reduced to fit to the page size.
222
Scaled Printing
The procedure for printing a document with pages enlarged or reduced is as follows:
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set scaled printing
Select Scaled from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
3. Select the paper size of the document
Using Page Size, select the page size that is set with your application software.
4. Set the scaling rate by using one of the following methods:
• Select a Printer Paper Size
When the printer paper size is smaller than the Page Size, the page image will be reduced. When the printer paper size is larger than the Page Size, the page image will be enlarged.
223
• Specify a scaling factor
Directly type in a value into the Scaling box.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
5. Complete the setup
Click OK.
When you execute print, the document will be printed with the specified scale.
Important
• When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled printing function, configure the settings on your application software. You do not need to configure the same setting in the printer driver.
224
Note
• Selecting Scaled changes the printable area of the document.
225
Page Layout Printing
The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper.
The procedure for performing page layout printing is as follows:
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set page layout printing
Select Page Layout from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
3. Select the print paper size
Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list.
4. Set the number of pages to be printed on one sheet and the page order
If necessary, click Specify..., specify the following settings in the Page Layout Printing dialog box, and click OK.
226
Pages
To change the number of pages to be printed on a single sheet of paper, select the number of pages from the list.
Page Order
To change the page arrangement order, select a placement method from the list.
Page Border
To print a page border around each document page, check this check box.
5. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you execute print, the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the specified order.
227
Tiling/Poster Printing
The tiling/poster printing function allows you to enlarge image data, divide it into several pages, and print these pages on separate sheets of paper. You can also paste the pages together to create a large print like a poster.
The procedure for performing tiling/poster printing is as follows:
Setting Tiling/Poster Printing
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set tiling/poster printing
Select Tiling/Poster from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
3. Select the print paper size
Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list.
4. Set the number of image divisions and the pages to be printed
228
If necessary, click Specify..., specify the following settings in the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box, and then click OK.
Image Divisions
Select the number of divisions (vertical x horizontal).
As the number of divisions increases, the number of sheets used for printing increases. If you are pasting pages together to create a poster, increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a larger poster.
Print "Cut/Paste" in margins
To leave out words "Cut" and "Paste", uncheck this check box.
Note
• This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used.
Print "Cut/Paste" lines in margins
To leave out cut lines, uncheck this check box.
Print page range
Specifies the printing range. Select All under normal circumstances.
To reprint only a specific page, select Pages and enter the page number you want to print. To specify multiple pages, enter the page numbers by separating them with commas or by entering a hyphen between the page numbers.
Note
• You can also specify the print range by clicking the pages in the settings preview.
5. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you execute print, the document will be divided into several pages during printing.
Printing Only Specific Pages
If ink becomes faint or runs out during printing, you can reprint only the specific pages by following the procedure below:
1. Set the print range
In the settings preview on the left of the Page Setup tab, click the pages that do not need to be printed.
The pages that were clicked are deleted, and only the pages to be printed are displayed.
229
Note
• Click the deleted pages to display them again.
• Right-click the settings preview to select Print all pages or Delete all pages.
2. Complete the setup
After completing the page selection, click OK.
When you execute print, only specified pages will be printed.
Important
• Since tiling/poster printing enlarges the document when printing it, the print results may become coarse.
230
Booklet Printing
The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet. Data is printed on both sides of the paper. This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly, in page number order, when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center.
The procedure for performing booklet printing is as follows:
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set booklet printing
Select Booklet from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the window.
3. Select the print paper size
Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list.
4. Set the margin for stapling and the margin width
Click Specify... and specify the following settings in the Booklet Printing dialog box, and then click OK.
231
Margin for stapling
Select which side should the stapling margin be on when the booklet is completed.
Insert blank page
To leave one side of a sheet blank, check the check box, and select the page to be left blank.
Margin
Enter the margin width. The specified width from the center of the sheet becomes the margin width for one page.
Page Border
To print a page border around each document page, check the check box.
5. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you execute print, the document will be printed on one side of a sheet of paper. When the printing of one side is complete, set the paper correctly by following the message and click OK.
When the printing of the other side is complete, fold the paper at the center of the margin and make a booklet.
Important
• Booklet cannot be selected when a media type other than Plain Paper is selected for Media Type on the Main tab.
Note
• The stamp and background are not printed on the inserted blank sheets with the Insert blank page function of booklet printing.
232
Duplex Printing
The procedure for printing data on both sides of a sheet of paper is as follows:
You can also set duplex printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set duplex printing
Check the Duplex Printing (Manual) check box on the Page Setup tab.
3. Select the layout
Select Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout from the Page Layout list.
4. Specify the side to be stapled
The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings. To change the setting, select another stapling side from the list.
5. Set the margin width
If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK.
6. Complete the setup
233
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you execute print, the document is first printed on one side of a sheet of paper. After one side is printed, reload the paper correctly according to the message.
Then click Start Printing to print the opposite side.
Important
• When a media type other than Plain Paper is selected from Media Type on the Main tab, Duplex
Printing (Manual) appears grayed out and is unavailable.
• When Borderless, Tiling/Poster or Booklet is selected from the Page Layout list, Duplex Printing
(Manual) and Stapling Side appear grayed out and are unavailable.
Note
• If the back side of the paper becomes smudged during duplex printing, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning in the Maintenance tab.
Related Topics
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
234
Stamp/Background Printing
Stamp or Background may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used.
The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data. It also allows you to print date, time and user name. The Background function allows you to print a light illustration behind the document data.
The procedure for performing stamp/background printing is as follows:
Printing a Stamp
"CONFIDENTIAL," "IMPORTANT," and other stamps that are used often in companies are pre-registered.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Stamp/Background... (Stamp...) on the Page Setup tab
The Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box opens.
Note
• With the XPS printer driver, the Stamp/Background... button has become the Stamp... button and only the stamp function can be used.
235
3. Select a stamp
Check the Stamp check box, and select the stamp to be used from the list.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the Page Setup tab.
4. Set the stamp details
If necessary, specify the following settings, and then click OK.
Define Stamp... button
To
change the stamp text, bitmap, or position , click this.
Place stamp over text
To print the stamp on the front of the document, check this check box.
Note
• The stamp is given priority because the stamp is printed over the document data in the sections where the stamp and the document data overlap. When this check box is unchecked, the stamp is printed behind the document data and may be hidden in the overlapping sections depending on the application software used.
• Place stamp over text cannot be used when the XPS printer driver is used.
When the XPS printer driver is used, the stamp is normally printed in the foreground of the document.
Print semitransparent stamp
Check this check box to print a semi-transparent stamp on the document.
This function is available only when the XPS printer driver is used.
Stamp first page only
To print the stamp only on the first page, check this check box.
5. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you execute print, the data is printed with the specified stamp.
Printing a Background
Two bitmap files are pre-registered as samples.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Stamp/Background... on the Page Setup tab
The Stamp/Background dialog box opens.
3. Select the background
Check the Background check box, and select the background to be used from the list.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the Page Setup tab.
4. Set the background details
If necessary, complete the following settings, and then click OK.
236
Select Background... button
To
use another background or change the layout or density of a background
, click this.
Background first page only
To print the background only on the first page, check this check box.
5. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you execute print, the data is printed with the specified background.
Important
• When Borderless is selected, the Stamp/Background... (Stamp...) button appears grayed out and is unavailable.
Note
• The stamp and background are not printed on blank sheets inserted with the Insert blank page function of booklet printing.
Related Topics
Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background
237
Registering a Stamp
This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used.
You can create and register a new stamp. You can also change and re-register some of the settings of an existing stamp. Unnecessary stamps can be deleted at any time.
The procedure for registering a new stamp is as follows:
Registering a New Stamp
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Stamp/Background... (Stamp...) on the Page Setup tab
The Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box opens.
Note
• With the XPS printer driver, the Stamp/Background... button has become the Stamp... button and only the stamp function can be used.
3. Click Define Stamp...
The Stamp Settings dialog box opens.
238
4. Configure the stamp while viewing the preview window
• Stamp tab
Select Text, Bitmap, or Date/Time/User Name that matches your purpose for Stamp Type.
â—¦ For Text registration, the characters must already be entered in Stamp Text. If necessary, change the TrueType Font, Style, Size, and Outline settings. You can select the color of the stamp by clicking Select Color....
â—¦ For Bitmap, click Select File... and select the bitmap file (.bmp) to be used. If necessary, change the settings of the Size and Transparent white area.
â—¦ For Date/Time/User Name, the creation date/time and user name of the printed object are displayed in Stamp Text. If necessary, change the settings of TrueType Font, Style, Size, and Outline. You can select the color of the stamp by clicking Select Color....
Important
• Stamp Text appears grayed out and is unavailable when Date/Time/User Name is selected.
• Placement tab
Select the stamp position from the Position list. You can also select Custom from the Position list and specify coordinates for X-Position and Y-Position.
You can also change the stamp position by dragging the stamp in the preview window.
To change the stamp position angle, type a value in the Orientation box directly.
Important
• Orientation cannot be changed when Bitmap is selected for Stamp Type on the Stamp tab.
5. Save the stamp
Click the Save settings tab and enter a title in the Title box, and then click Save.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
Note
• Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
239
6. Complete the setup
Click OK. The Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box opens again.
The registered title appears in the Stamp list.
Changing and Registering Some of Stamp Settings
1. Select the stamp for which the settings are to be changed
Select the Stamp check box in the Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box. Then from the list, select the title of the stamp to be changed.
2. Click Define Stamp...
The Stamp Settings dialog box opens.
3. Configure the stamp while viewing the preview window
4. Overwrite save the stamp
Click Save overwrite on the Save settings tab.
When you want to save the stamp with a different title, type a new title in the Title box and click Save.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
5. Complete the setup
Click OK. The Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box opens again.
The registered title appears in the Stamp list.
Deleting an Unnecessary Stamp
1. Click Define Stamp... in the Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box
The Stamp Settings dialog box opens.
2. Select the stamp to be deleted
Select the title of the stamp you want to delete from the Stamps list on the Save settings tab. Then click Delete.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
3. Complete the setup
Click OK. The Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box opens again.
240
Registering Image Data to be Used as a Background
This feature may be unavailable when certain printer drivers or operating environments are used.
You can select a bitmap file (.bmp) and register it as a new background. You can also change and register some of the settings of an existing background. An unnecessary background can be deleted.
The procedure for registering image data to be used as a background is as follows:
Registering New Background
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Click Stamp/Background... on the Page Setup tab
The Stamp/Background dialog box opens.
Note
• With the XPS printer driver, the Stamp/Background... button has become the Stamp... button and Background cannot be used.
3. Click Select Background...
The Background Settings dialog box opens.
241
4. Select the image data to be registered to the background
Click Select File.... Select the target bitmap file (.bmp), and then click Open.
5. Specify the following settings while viewing the preview window
Layout Method
Select how the background image data is to be placed.
When Custom is selected, you can set coordinates for X-Position and Y-Position.
You can also change the background position by dragging the image in the preview window.
Intensity
Set the intensity of the background image data with the Intensity slider. Moving the slider to the right darkens the background, and moving the slider to the left lightens the background. To print the background at the original bitmap intensity, move the slider to the rightmost position.
6. Save the background
Click the Save settings tab and enter a title in the Title box, and then click Save.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
Note
• Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
7. Complete the setup
Click OK, then it returns to Stamp/Background dialog box.
The registered title appears in the Background list.
Changing and Registering Some Background Settings
1. Select the background for which the settings are to be changed
Select the Background check box in the Stamp/Background dialog box. Then from the list, select the title of the background you want to change.
2. Click Select Background...
242
The Background Settings dialog box opens.
3. Specify each item on the Background tab while viewing the preview window
4. Save the background
Click Save overwrite on the Save settings tab. When you want to save the background with a different title, enter a new title in the Title box and click Save.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
5. Complete the setup
Click OK, then it returns to Stamp/Background dialog box.
The registered title appears in the Background list.
Deleting an Unnecessary Background
1. Click Select Background... in the Stamp/Background dialog box
The Background Settings dialog box opens.
2. Select the background to be deleted
Select the title of the background you want to delete from the Backgrounds list on the Save settings tab, and then click Delete.
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
3. Complete the setup
Click OK, then it returns to Stamp/Background dialog box.
243
Setting Up Envelope Printing
The procedure for performing envelope printing is as follows:
1.
on the printer
2. Open the printer driver setup window
3. Select the media type
Select Envelope from Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
4. Select the paper size
When the Envelope Size Setting dialog box is displayed, select Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL,
Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", or Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48", and then click OK.
5. Set the orientation
To print the addressee horizontally, select Landscape for Orientation.
6. Select the print quality
Select High or Standard that matches your purpose for Print Quality.
7. Complete the setup
Click OK.
When you execute print, the information is printed on the envelope.
244
Important
• When you execute envelope printing, guide messages are displayed.
To hide the guide messages, check the Do not show this message again check box.
To show the guide again, click the View Printer Status button on the Maintenance tab, and start the
Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Then click Envelope Printing from Display Guide Message of the Option menu to enable the setting.
245
Printing on Postcards
This section describes the procedure for postcard printing.
1.
2. Open the printer driver setup window
3. Select commonly used settings
Display the Quick Setup tab, and for Commonly Used Settings, select Standard.
4. Select the media type
For Media Type, select Hagaki A, Ink Jet Hagaki, Hagaki K, or Hagaki.
Important
• This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.
• When printing on each side of a postcard separately, you will get cleaner printing if you print the message side first and then print the address side.
5. Select the paper size
For Printer Paper Size, select Hagaki 100x148mm or Hagaki 2 200x148mm.
Important
• Return postcards can be used only when you print them from the computer.
• When printing a return postcard, always set the paper size to Hagaki 2 200x148mm from your application software or the printer driver.
• Do not fold the return postcard. If a crease is formed, the printer will not be able to feed the postcard properly, and this condition will cause line shifts or a paper jam.
• With return postcards, borderless printing cannot be used.
6. Set the print orientation
To print the address horizontally, set Orientation to Landscape.
7. Select the print quality
For Print Quality, select High or Standard, whichever best suits the purpose.
8. Complete the setup
Click OK.
When you execute printing, the data will be printed onto the postcard.
Important
• When you execute postcard printing, a guide message is displayed.
When the guide message is displayed, select Do not show this message again if you do not want any guide messages to be displayed.
To display guide messages again, open the Maintenance tab and click View Printer Status to start the
246
Canon IJ Status Monitor.
On the Option menu, choose Display Guide Message and click Hagaki Printing to enable the setting.
• When printing on media other than postcards, load the media according to usage method of that media, and click Start Printing.
247
Displaying the Print Results before Printing
If you are using the XPS printer driver, replace "Canon IJ Preview" with "Canon IJ XPS Preview" when reading this information.
You can display and check the print result before printing.
The procedure for displaying the print result before printing is as follows:
You can also set the print results display on the Quick Setup tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set the preview
Check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab.
3. Complete the setup
Click OK.
When you execute print, the Canon IJ Preview opens and displays the print results.
Important
• In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box, the Color Adjustment tab contains the Print a pattern
for color adjustment check box. When this check box is selected, the Preview before printing appears grayed out and is unavailable.
Related Topic
248
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
You can specify the height and width of paper when its size cannot be selected from the Page Size. Such a paper size is called "custom size."
The procedure for specifying a custom size is as follows:
You can also set a custom size in Printer Paper Size on the Quick Setup tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the paper size
Select Custom... for Page Size on the Page Setup tab.
The Custom Paper Size dialog box opens.
3. Set the custom paper size
Specify Units, and enter the Width and Height of the paper to be used. Then click OK.
4. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you execute print, the data is printed with the specified paper size.
249
Important
• When the application software that created the document has a function for specifying the height and width values, use the application software to set the values. When the application software does not have such a function or if the document does not print correctly, use the printer driver to set the values.
• Printing may be disabled depending on the size of the specified user-defined media.
For information about printable sizes for user-defined media, see "
250
Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print History
This function is unavailable when the standard IJ printer driver is used.
In the Canon IJ XPS preview window, you can edit the print document or retrieve the document print history to print the document.
The procedure for using the Canon IJ XPS Preview is as follows:
Combine Documents
Delete Document
Reset Documents
View Thumbnails
Move Document
Undo
Move Page
Delete Page
Note
• By clicking View Thumbnails, you can display or hide thumbnails of the print documents selected in the Document Name list.
• Clicking Undo reverses the change that just performed.
251
Editing and Printing a Print Document
When printing multiple documents or pages, you can combine documents, change the print sequence of the documents or pages, or delete documents or pages.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set the preview
Check the Preview before printing check box on the Main tab.
3. Complete the setup
Click OK.
The Canon IJ XPS Preview will start and the print result will be displayed before printing.
4. Editing print documents and print pages
• Combining print documents
You can combine multiple print documents to form a single document. By combining print documents, you can prevent blank pages from being inserted when you execute duplex printing or page layout printing.
From the Document Name list, select the documents to be combined. On the Edit menu, select
Combine Documents from Documents to combine the documents in the listed sequence.
To select multiple print documents, hold down the Ctrl key and click the documents to be merged, or hold down the Shift key and press the upper arrow or lower arrow key. You can also click a blank area in the document list and drag the mouse to select multiple documents.
When you combine documents, the documents selected before the combining are deleted from the list and the combined document is added to the list.
• Changing the sequence of print documents or print pages
â—¦ To change the sequence of the print documents, go to the Document Name list, and select the print document to be moved. Next, on the Edit menu, select Move Document from
Documents, and select the appropriate item. You can also click and drag a print document to change the print sequence.
â—¦ To change the sequence of the print pages, click View Thumbnails from the Option menu, and select the print page to be moved. Next, on the Edit menu, select Move Page from
Pages, and select the appropriate item. You can also click and drag a print page to change the print sequence.
• Deleting print documents and print pages
â—¦ To delete a print document, select the target document from the Document Name list, and on the Edit menu, choose Documents and then Delete Document.
â—¦ To delete a print page, click View Thumbnails from the Option menu, and select the print page to be deleted. Next, on the Edit menu, select Delete Page from Pages.
• Print page recovery
You can recover pages that were deleted with Delete Page.
To recover pages, select the View Deleted Pages check box from the Option menu, and select the pages to be recovered from among the displayed thumbnail pages. Then from the Edit menu chose Pages and then Restore Page.
252
After editing the print documents or print pages, you can change the print settings on the Page
Information, Layout and Manual Color Adjustment tabs as necessary.
Important
• To display the multiple documents in the list, open the preview and execute print again.
• To return the print documents to their original condition before they were edited in the preview, on the Edit menu, select Reset Documents from Documents.
• If the documents to be combined have different print settings, a message may be displayed.
Check the contents of the displayed message before combining the documents.
• If the documents to be combined have different output paper sizes and duplex printing or page layout printing is to be performed, the printer may not produce the expected print results for certain print pages.
Check the preview before printing.
• Depending on the print settings of the print document, some functions may not be available in the Canon IJ XPS preview.
Note
• You can rename Document Name to any name.
5. Executing print
Click Print.
When you execute print, the printer uses the specified settings to print the data.
Reprinting from the Print History
When you click Save Print History on the File menu to enable the setting, the document printed from the preview is saved, and you can reprint the document with the same settings.
1. Displaying the print history
Open the
. Then on the Maintenance tab, select View Print History.
The saved print document is displayed in the preview.
Important
• To limit the number of print history registrations, click History Entry Limit on the File menu.
• If the limit on the number of registration is exceeded, the print history registrations are deleted starting from the oldest one.
2. Selecting a print document
From the Document Name list, select the document to be printed.
3. Executing print
Click Print.
Related Topic
Displaying the Print Results before Printing
253
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
254
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
The print quality level can be set in the Custom.
The procedure for setting the print quality level is as follows:
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the print quality
On the Main tab, select Custom for Print Quality, and click Set....
The Custom dialog box opens.
3. Setting the print quality level
Drag the slider bar to select the print quality level and click OK.
4. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Main tab.
When you execute print, the image data is printed with the selected print quality level.
Important
• Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type.
255
Related Topics
256
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
The procedure for printing a color document in monochrome is as follows:
You can also set a grayscale printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Set grayscale printing
Check the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab.
3. Complete the setup
Click OK.
When you execute print, the document is converted to grayscale data. It allows you to print the color document in monochrome.
Important
• When the Grayscale Printing check box is checked, the printer driver processes image data as sRGB data. In this case, actual colors printed may differ from those in the original image data.
When using the grayscale printing function to print Adobe RGB data, convert the data to sRGB data using an application software.
257
Note
• During Grayscale Printing, inks other than black ink may be used as well.
258
Specifying Color Correction
You can specify the color correction method suited to the type of document to be printed.
Normally, the printer driver adjusts the colors by using Canon Digital Photo Color so that data is printed with color tints that most people prefer. This method is suitable for printing sRGB data.
When you want to print by using the color space (Adobe RGB or sRGB) of the image data effectively, select
ICM (ICC Profile Matching). When you want to use an application software to specify a printing ICC profile, select None.
The procedure for specifying color correction is as follows:
You can also set color correction on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly
Used Settings, and then choosing Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the manual color adjustment
On the Main tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3. Select color correction
Click Matching tab, select Color Correction setting that matches your purpose from the following, and click OK.
259
Driver Matching
With Canon Digital Photo Color, you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer.
ICM (ICC Profile Matching)
Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing.
Specify the input profile or rendering intent to be used.
None
The printer driver does not perform color correction. Select this value when you are specifying an individually created printing ICC profile or a printing ICC profile for special Canon paper in an application software to print data.
4. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Main tab.
When you execute print, the document data is printed with the specified color correction.
Important
• When ICM is disabled in the application software, ICM is unavailable for Color Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly.
• When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked, Color Correction appears grayed out and is unavailable.
Related Topics
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
260
Optimal Photo Printing of Image Data
When people print images taken with digital cameras, they sometimes feel that the printed color tones differ from those of actual image or those displayed on the monitor.
To get the print results as close as possible to the desired color tones, you must select a printing method that is best suited to the application software used or to your purpose.
Color Management
Devices such as digital cameras, scanners, monitors, and printers handle color differently. Color management (color matching) is a method that manages device-dependent "colors" as a common color space.
For Windows, a color management system called "ICM" is built into the operating system.
Adobe RGB and sRGB are popularly used as common color spaces. Adobe RGB has a wider color space than sRGB.
ICC profiles convert device-dependent "colors" into a common color space. By using an ICC profile and carrying out color management, you can draw out the color space of the image data within the color reproduction area that the printer can express.
Selecting a Printing Method Suited to the Image Data
The recommended printing method depends on the color space (Adobe RGB or sRGB) of the image data or the application software to be used.
There are two typical printing methods.
Check the color space (Adobe RGB or sRGB) of the image data and the application software to be used, and then select the printing method suited to your purpose.
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Describes the procedure for printing sRGB data by using the color correction function of the printer driver.
• To print using Canon Digital Photo Color
The printer prints data with color tints that most people prefer, reproducing colors of the original image data and producing three-dimensional effects and high, sharp contrasts.
• To print by directly applying editing and touch-up results of an application software
When printing the data, the printer brings out subtle color difference between dark and light areas, while leaving the darkest and lightest areas intact.
When printing the data, the printer applies fine adjustment results, such as brightness adjustments made with an application software.
Describes the procedure for printing by using the color space of Adobe RGB or sRGB effectively.
You can print with a common color space by setting up the application software and the printer driver so that the color management matches the input ICC profile of the image data.
The method for setting up the printer driver differs depending on the application software to be used.
Related Topic
261
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
You can specify the color correction function of the printer driver to print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer through the use of Canon Digital Photo Color.
When printing from an application software that can identify ICC profiles and allows you to specify them, use a printing ICC profile in the application software, and select settings for color management.
The procedure for adjusting colors with the printer driver is as follows:
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the manual color adjustment
On the Main tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3. Select color correction
Click Matching tab, and select Driver Matching for Color Correction.
4. Set the other items
If necessary, click Color Adjustment tab, and adjust the color balance (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow) and adjust Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast settings, and then click OK.
5. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Main tab.
When you execute print, the printer driver adjusts the colors when printing the data.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
262
263
Printing with ICC Profiles
When the image data has a specified input ICC profile, you can print by using the color space (Adobe RGB or sRGB) of the data effectively.
The printer driver setting procedure varies depending on the application software used to print.
Specify an ICC Profile from the Application Software and Print the Data
When you print the editing and touch-up results of Adobe Photoshop, Canon Digital Photo Professional, or any application software that allows you to specify input and printing ICC profiles, you print by effectively using the color space of the input ICC profile specified in the image data.
To use this printing method, use your application software to select color management items and specify an input ICC profile and a printing ICC profile in the image data.
Even if you print using a printing ICC profile that you created yourself or one for special Canon paper, be sure to select color management items from your application software.
For instructions, refer to the manual of the application software you are using.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the manual color adjustment
On the Main tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3. Select color correction
Click Matching tab, and select None for Color Correction.
4. Set the other items
If necessary, click Color Adjustment tab, and adjust the color balance (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow) and adjust Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast settings, and then click OK.
264
5. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Main tab.
When you execute print, the printer uses the color space of the image data.
Specify an ICC Profile with the Printer Driver, and then Print
Print from an application software that cannot identify input ICC profiles or does allow you to specify one by using the color space of the input ICC profile (sRGB) found in the data. When printing Adobe RGB data, you can print the data with the Adobe RGB color space even if the application software does not support Adobe RGB.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the manual color adjustment
On the Main tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3. Select color correction
Click Matching tab, and select ICM (ICC Profile Matching) for Color Correction.
4. Select the input profile
Select an Input Profile that matches the color space of the image data.
• For sRGB data or data without an input ICC profile:
Select Standard.
• For Adobe RGB data:
Select Adobe RGB (1998).
265
Important
• When the application software specifies an input profile, the input profile setting of the printer driver becomes invalid.
• When no input ICC profiles are installed on your computer, Adobe RGB (1998) will not be displayed.
5. Select the rendering intent
Select the coloring adjustment method in Rendering Intent.
• Saturation
This method reproduces images even more vividly than the Perceptual method.
• Perceptual
This method reproduces images by focusing on color tints that most people prefer. Select this method to print photos.
• Relative Colorimetric
When image data is converted to the color space of the printer, this method converts the image data so the color reproduction approximates the shared color regions. Select this method to print image data with colors that are close to the original colors.
• Absolute Colorimetric
When Relative Colorimetric is selected, white spots are reproduced as white spots of the paper
(background color). However, when Absolute Colorimetric is selected, how the white spots are reproduced depends on the image data.
Important
• When Windows XP SP2 or Windows XP SP3 is used, this function is disabled.
6. Set the other items
If necessary, click Color Adjustment tab, and adjust the color balance (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow) and adjust Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast settings, and then click OK.
7. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Main tab.
When you execute print, the printer uses the color space of the image data.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
266
Interpreting the ICC Profile
When you need to specify the printer profile, select the ICC profile for the paper to print on.
The ICC profiles installed for this printer appear as follows.
• (1) is the model name of the printer.
• (2) is the media type. This notation corresponds to the following media type:
â—¦ GL: Photo Paper Plus Glossy II
â—¦ PT: Photo Paper Pro Platinum
â—¦ SG/LU: Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss / Photo Paper Pro Luster
â—¦ MP: Matte Photo Paper
• (3) is the print quality.
The print quality is divided into 5 levels, ranging from high speed to high quality. As the number decreases, the print quality becomes higher. This value corresponds to the slider bar position in the
Custom dialog box of the printer driver.
267
Adjusting Color Balance
You can adjust the color tints when printing.
Since this function adjusts color balance of the output by changing the ink ratios of each color, it changes the total color balance of the document. Use the application software when you want to change the color balance significantly. Use the printer driver only when you want to adjust the color balance slightly.
The following sample shows the case when color balance is used to intensify cyan and to diminish yellow so that the overall colors are more uniform.
No adjustment Adjust color balance
The procedure for adjusting color balance is as follows:
You can also set color balance on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly
Used Settings, and then choosing Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the manual color adjustment
On the Main tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3. Adjust color balance
268
There are individual sliders for Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow. Each color becomes stronger when the corresponding slider is moved to the right, and becomes weaker when the corresponding slider is moved to the left. For example, when cyan becomes weaker, the color red becomes stronger.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
After adjusting each color, click OK.
Important
• Adjust the slider gradually.
4. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Main tab.
When you execute print, the document is printed with the adjusted color balance.
Important
• When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked, the color balance (Cyan,
Magenta, Yellow) appear grayed out and are unavailable.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
269
Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
You can look at the print results of pattern print and adjust the color balance.
When you change the color balance or intensity/contrast of a document, the pattern print function prints the adjustment results in a list, together with the adjustment values.
Described below is the procedure for adjusting the color balance while looking at the pattern.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the manual color adjustment
On the Main tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3. Selecting pattern print
On the Color Adjustment tab, select the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box, and click
Pattern Print preferences....
270
4. Setting pattern print
When the Pattern Print dialog box opens, set the following items, and then click OK.
Parameters to Adjust
Select Cyan/Magenta/Yellow.
Important
• When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked, Cyan/Magenta/Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable.
Printer Paper Size
Select the paper size to be used for pattern printing.
Note
• Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab, there may be sizes that cannot be selected.
Amount of Pattern Instances
Select Largest, Large, or Small to set the number of patterns to be printed.
Note
• Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes or output paper sizes are selected.
Color Variation Between Instances
Set the amount of color change between neighboring patterns.
271
Note
• Large is about double the size of Medium, and Small is about half the size of Medium.
5. Checking the print results of pattern print
On the Color Adjustment tab, select OK to close the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box.
On the Main tab, select OK, and then execute printing. The printer then prints a pattern in which the color balance that you set is the center value.
6. Adjusting the color balance
Look at the print results and select the image that you like best. Then enter the color balance numbers indicated at the bottom of that image into the Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow fields on the Color
Adjustment tab.
Clear the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box, and click OK.
272
Note
• You can also set color balance on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under
Commonly Used Settings, and then choosing Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment under
Additional Features.
7. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Main tab.
Then when you execute printing, the document is printed with the color balance that was adjusted by the pattern print function.
Important
• When Print a pattern for color adjustment is selected on the Color Adjustment tab, the following items are grayed out and cannot be set:
• Preview before printing on the Main tab
• Stapling Side and Specify Margin... on the Page Setup tab (When Duplex Printing (Manual) is set, only Stapling Side can be set.)
• You can print a pattern only if the Page Layout setting on the Page Setup tab is Normal-size or
Borderless.
• When the Grayscale Printing check box on the Main tab is checked, Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable.
• Depending on your application software, this function may not be available.
Related Topics
Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
273
Adjusting Brightness
You can change the brightness of the overall image data during printing.
This function does not change pure white or pure black but it changes the brightness of the intermediate colors.
The following sample shows the print result when the brightness setting is changed.
Light is selected Normal is selected Dark is selected
The procedure for adjusting brightness is as follows:
You can also set brightness on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used
Settings, and then choosing Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the manual color adjustment
On the Main tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3. Specify the brightness
Select Light, Normal, or Dark for Brightness, and click OK. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
274
4. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Main tab.
When you execute print, the data is printed at the specified brightness.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
275
Adjusting Intensity
You can dilute (brighten) or intensify (darken) the colors of the overall image data during printing.
The following sample shows the case when the intensity is increased so that all colors become more intense when the image data is printed.
No adjustment Higher intensity
The procedure for adjusting intensity is as follows:
You can also set intensity on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used
Settings, and then choosing Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the manual color adjustment
On the Main tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3. Adjust intensity
Moving the Intensity slider to the right intensifies (darkens) the colors, and moving the slider to the left dilutes (brightens) the colors.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
After adjusting each color, click OK.
276
Important
• Adjust the slider gradually.
4. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Main tab.
When you execute print, the image data is printed with the adjusted intensity.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
277
Adjusting Contrast
You can adjust the image contrast during printing.
To make the differences between the light and dark portions of images greater and more distinct, increase the contrast. On the other hand, to make the differences between the light and dark portions of images smaller and less distinct, reduce the contrast.
No adjustment Adjust the contrast
The procedure for adjusting contrast is as follows:
You can also set contrast on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under Commonly Used
Settings, and then choosing Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment under Additional Features.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the manual color adjustment
On the Main tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3. Adjust the contrast
Moving the Contrast slider to the right increases the contrast, and moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50. The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
278
After adjusting each color, click OK.
Important
• Adjust the slider gradually.
4. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Main tab.
When you execute print, the image is printed with the adjusted contrast.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
279
Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
You can look at the print results of pattern print and adjust the intensity/contrast.
When you change the color balance or intensity/contrast of a document, the pattern print function prints the adjustment results in a list, together with the adjustment values.
Described below is the procedure for adjusting the intensity/contrast while looking at the pattern.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Select the manual color adjustment
On the Main tab, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and click Set....
The Manual Color Adjustment dialog box opens.
3. Selecting pattern print
On the Color Adjustment tab, select the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box, and click
Pattern Print preferences....
280
4. Setting pattern print
When the Pattern Print dialog box opens, set the following items, and then click OK.
Parameters to Adjust
Select Intensity/Contrast.
Printer Paper Size
Select the paper size to be used for pattern printing.
Note
• Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab, there may be sizes that cannot be selected.
Amount of Pattern Instances
Select Largest, Large, or Small to set the number of patterns to be printed.
Note
• Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes or output paper sizes are selected.
Color Variation Between Instances
Set the amount of color change between neighboring patterns.
Note
• Large is about double the size of Medium, and Small is about half the size of Medium.
5. Checking the print results of pattern print
281
On the Color Adjustment tab, select OK to close the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box.
On the Main tab, select OK, and then execute printing. The printer then prints a pattern in which the intensity/contrast that you set is the center value.
6. Adjusting the intensity/contrast
Look at the print results and select the image that you like best. Then enter the intensity/contrast numbers indicated at the bottom of that image into the Intensity and Contrast fields on the Color
Adjustment tab.
Clear the Print a pattern for color adjustment check box, and click OK.
282
Note
• You can also set intensity/contrast on the Quick Setup tab by choosing Photo Printing under
Commonly Used Settings, and then choosing Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment under
Additional Features.
7. Complete the setup
Click OK on the Main tab.
Then when you execute printing, the document is printed with the intensity/contrast that was adjusted by the pattern print function.
Important
• When Print a pattern for color adjustment is selected on the Color Adjustment tab, the following items are grayed out and cannot be set:
• Preview before printing on the Main tab
• Stapling Side and Specify Margin... on the Page Setup tab (When Duplex Printing (Manual) is set, only Stapling Side can be set.)
• You can print a pattern only if the Page Layout setting on the Page Setup tab is Normal-size or
Borderless.
• Depending on your application software, this function may not be available.
Related Topics
Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
283
Overview of the Printer Driver
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window
Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)
284
Canon IJ Printer Driver
The Canon IJ printer driver (called printer driver below) is a software that is installed on your computer for printing data with this printer.
The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can understand, and sends the converted data to the printer.
Because different models support different print data formats, you need a printer driver for the specific model you are using.
Printer Driver Types
On Windows Vista SP1 or later, you can install the XPS printer driver in addition to the regular printer driver.
The XPS printer driver is suited to print from an application software that supports XPS printing.
Important
• To use the XPS printer driver, the standard printer driver must already be installed on your computer.
Installing the Printer Driver
• To install the regular printer driver, load the Setup CD-ROM that comes with the printer, and then install the driver from Start Setup Again.
• To install the XPS printer driver, load the Setup CD-ROM that comes with the printer, and then select
XPS Driver from Add Software.
Specifying the Printer Driver
To specify the printer driver, open the Print dialog box of the application software you are using, and select "XXX" (where "XXX" is your model name) to specify the regular printer driver or select "XXX XPS"
(where "XXX" is your model name) to specify the XPS printer driver.
Displaying the Manual from the Printer Driver
To display a description of a tab in the printer driver setup window, click the Help button found on the tab.
Related Topic
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window
285
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window
You can display the printer driver setup window from the application software in use or from the printer icon.
Open the Printer Driver Setup Window through the Application Software
Follow the procedure below to configure printing profile when printing.
1. Select the command that you perform printing on the application software
In general, select Print on the File menu to open the Print dialog box.
2. Select your model name and click Preferences (or Properties)
The printer driver setup window appears.
Note
• Depending on application software you use, command names or menu names may vary and there may be more steps. For details, refer to the user's manual of your application software.
Opening the Printer Driver Setup Window from the Printer Icon
Follow the procedure below to perform printer maintenance operations such as print head cleaning, or to configure a printing profile that is common to all application software.
1. Select as described below:
• If you are using Windows 8, from the Desktop charms, select Settings -> Control Panel ->
Hardware and Sound -> Devices and Printers.
• If you are using Windows 7, select the Start menu -> Devices and Printers.
• If you are using Windows Vista, select the Start menu -> Control Panel -> Hardware and
Sound -> Printers.
• If you are using Windows XP, select the start menu -> Control Panel -> Printers and Other
Hardware -> Printers and Faxes.
2. Right-click your model name icon, and then select Printing preferences from the displayed menu
The printer driver setup window appears.
Important
• Opening the printer driver setup window through Printer properties (Windows 8, Windows 7) or Properties (Windows Vista, Windows XP) displays such tabs regarding the Windows functions as the Ports (or Advanced) tab. Those tabs do not appear when opening through
Printing preferences or application software. For tabs regarding Windows functions, refer to the user's manual for the Windows.
286
Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor is an application software that shows the status of the printer and the progress of printing. You will know the status of the printer with graphics, icons, and messages.
Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor launches automatically when print data is sent to the printer. When launched, the Canon IJ Status Monitor appears as a button on the task bar.
Click the button of the status monitor displayed on the task bar. The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears.
Note
• To open the Canon IJ Status Monitor when the printer is not printing, open the
printer driver setup window and click View Printer Status on the Maintenance tab.
• The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or region where you are using your printer.
When Errors Occur
The Canon IJ Status Monitor is automatically displayed if an error occurs (e.g., if the printer runs out of paper or if the ink is low).
In such cases, take the appropriate action as described.
287
Checking the Ink Status from Your Computer
You can check the remaining ink level and the ink tank types for your model.
1. Open the printer driver setup window
2. Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor
On the Maintenance tab, click View Printer Status.
The Canon IJ Status Monitor opens and displays an image of the ink status.
Note
• The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or region where you are using your printer.
• When you receive a notice about the remaining ink level, a mark appears above the ink icon.
For example:
Ink tank is running low. Prepare a new ink tank.
• When you print on A3 paper or larger paper sizes, the ink may run out before printing is finished or the printing may become faint or streaky (with white lines).
3. If necessary, click Ink Details
You can check the ink-related information.
If a warning or error related to the remaining ink amount occurs, a notification icon is displayed at the top of the image in the Ink Details dialog box.
In such cases, take the appropriate action as described on the screen.
Note
• You can also display the Ink Details dialog box by selecting the ink icon on the Canon IJ Status
Monitor.
288
Canon IJ Preview
The Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed.
The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout, print order, and number of pages. You can also change the media type settings.
When you want to display a preview before printing, open the
, click the Main tab, and check the Preview before printing check box.
When you do not want to display a preview before printing, uncheck the check box.
Important
• If you are using the XPS printer driver, see "
Editing the Print Document or Reprinting from the Print
."
Related Topic
Displaying the Print Results before Printing
289
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
If you are using the XPS printer driver, replace "Canon IJ Status Monitor" with "Canon IJ XPS Status
Monitor" when reading this information.
If the printer does not start printing, canceled or failed print job data may be remaining.
Delete the undesired print job by using the Canon IJ Status Monitor.
1. Display the Canon IJ Status Monitor
Click the icon of the Canon IJ Status Monitor displayed on the task bar.
The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears.
2. Display the print jobs
Click Display Print Queue.
The print queue window opens.
3. Delete the print jobs
Select Cancel All Documents from the Printer menu.
When the confirmation message appears, click Yes.
The deletion of the print job is complete.
Important
• Users who have not been granted access permission for printer management cannot delete the print job of another user.
Note
• When you perform this operation, all print jobs are deleted. If the print queue list contained a necessary print job, start the printing process over from the beginning.
290
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)
This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions. Keep the following points in mind when using the printer driver.
Restrictions on the Printer Driver
• With some applications, the Copies setting in the Page Setup tab of the printer driver may not be enabled.
In this case, use the copies setting in the Print dialog box of the application software.
• If the selected Language in the About dialog box of the Maintenance tab does not match the operating system interface language, the printer driver setup window may not be displayed properly.
• Do not change the Advanced tab items of the printer properties. If you change any of the items, you will not be able to use the following functions correctly.
Also, if Print to file is selected in the Print dialog box of the application software and with applications that prohibit EMF spooling, such as Adobe Photoshop LE and MS Photo Editor, the following functions will not operate.
â—¦ Preview before printing on the Main tab
â—¦ Prevention of Print Data Loss in the Print Options dialog box on the Page Setup tab
â—¦ Page Layout, Tiling/Poster, Booklet, Duplex Printing (Manual), Specify Margin..., Print from
Last Page, Collate, and Stamp/Background... (Stamp...) on the Page Setup tab
â—¦ Print a pattern for color adjustment on the Color Adjustment tab in the Manual Color
Adjustment dialog box
• Since the resolution in the preview display differs from the printing resolution, text and lines in the preview display may appear different from the actual print result.
• With some applications, the printing is divided into multiple print jobs.
To cancel printing, delete all divided print jobs.
• If image data is not printed correctly, display the Print Options dialog box from the Page Setup tab and change the setting of Disable ICM required from the application software. This may solve the problem.
Note
• Disable ICM required from the application software cannot be used when the XPS printer driver is used.
• Do not start up the Canon IJ Network Tool while printing.
• Do not print when the Canon IJ Network Tool is running.
Points to Note About Applications with Restrictions
• There are following restrictions in Microsoft Word (Microsoft Corporation).
â—¦ When Microsoft Word has the same printing functions as the printer driver, use Word to specify them.
â—¦ When Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout is used for Page Layout on the Page Setup tab of the printer driver, the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word.
â—¦ When Page Size in Word is set to "XXX Enlarge/Reduce", the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word.
If this happens, follow the procedure below.
1. Open Word's Print dialog box.
291
2. Open the
printer driver setup window , and on the Page Setup tab, set Page Size to the same
paper size that you specified in Word.
3. Set the Page Layout that you want, and then click OK to close the window.
4. Without starting printing, close the Print dialog box.
5. Open Word's Print dialog box again.
6. Open the printer driver setup window and click OK.
7. Start printing.
• If bitmap printing is enabled in Adobe Illustrator (Adobe Systems Incorporated), printing may take time or some data may not be printed. Print after unchecking the Bitmap Printing check box in the Print dialog box.
292
Printer Driver Description
Canon IJ XPS Preview Description
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description
293
Quick Setup tab Description
The Quick Setup tab is for registering commonly used print settings. When you select a registered setting, the printer automatically switches to the preset items.
Commonly Used Settings
The names and icons of frequently used printing profiles are registered. When you select a printing profile according to the purpose of the document, settings that match the purpose are applied.
In addition, functions that are thought to be useful for the selected printing profile are displayed in
Additional Features.
You can also change a printing profile and register it under a new name. You can delete the registered printing profile.
You can rearrange the profiles either by dragging the individual profiles or by holding down the Ctrl key and pressing the up or down arrow keys.
Standard
These are the factory settings.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have priority.
Business Document
Select this setting when printing a general document.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have priority.
Paper Saving
Select this setting to save paper when printing a general document. The 2-on-1 Printing and
Duplex Printing (Manual) check boxes are checked automatically.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have priority.
Photo Printing
If you select this setting when printing a photo, the photo paper and photo size generally used are set. The Borderless Printing check box is checked automatically.
If Orientation and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have priority.
294
Envelope
If you select this setting for printing an envelope, Media Type is set automatically to Envelope. In the Envelope Size Setting dialog box, select the size of the envelope to be used.
Note
• The combination of the Additional Features that was displayed for the printing profile that had been selected when the added printing profile was saved is also displayed when that added printing profile is selected.
Save...
Displays the
Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box .
Click this button when you want to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and
Page Setup tabs to Commonly Used Settings.
Delete
Deletes a registered printing profile.
Select the name of the setting to be deleted from Commonly Used Settings, and click Delete. When a confirmation message is displayed, click OK to delete the specified printing profile.
Note
• Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
Preview before printing
Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.
Uncheck this check box if you do not want to display a preview.
Important
• To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview, you must have Microsoft .NET Framework 4 Client Profile installed on your computer.
Additional Features
Displays the frequently used, convenient functions for the printing profile that you selected for
Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
When you move the mouse pointer near a function that can be changed, a description of that function is displayed.
To enable a function, check the corresponding check box.
For some functions, you can set detailed settings from the Main and Page Setup tabs.
Important
• Depending on the printing profiles, certain function may be grayed out and you will not be able to change them.
2-on-1 Printing
Prints two pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper.
To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page Layout, and click Specify.... Then in the
Page Layout Printing dialog box
that appears, specify the Page
Order.
295
4-on-1 Printing
Prints four pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper.
To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page Layout, and click Specify.... Then in the
Page Layout Printing dialog box
that appears, specify the Page
Order.
Duplex Printing (Manual)
Select whether to print the document to both sides of the paper manually or to one side of the paper.
To change the staple side or the margins, set the new values from the Page Setup tab.
Borderless Printing
Performs borderless printing without any margins on the paper.
With the borderless printing function, the document to be printed is enlarged, so that it extends slightly off the paper. In other words, the document is printed without any margin.
To adjust the amount that the document extends beyond the paper, click the Page Setup tab, choose Borderless, and enter the value in Amount of Extension.
Grayscale Printing
This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Rotate 180 degrees
Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction.
The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application software will be reversed vertically and horizontally.
Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment
Select when you set the Color Correction method and individual settings such as Cyan, Magenta,
Yellow, Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast, etc.
Media Type
Selects a type of printing paper.
Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that printing is carried out properly for the specified paper.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.
Normally, the paper size is set automatically according to the output paper size setting, and the document is printed with no scaling.
When you set 2-on-1 Printing or 4-on-1 Printing in Additional Features, you can manually set the paper size with Page Size on the Page Setup tab.
If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the page image will be reduced.
If you select a paper size that is larger than the Page Size, the page image will be enlarged.
Orientation
Selects the printing orientation.
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same orientation that you selected in that application.
Portrait
Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed direction. This is the default setting.
296
Landscape
Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.
You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab, opening the Custom
Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left
when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
Print Quality
Selects your desired printing quality.
Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.
To set the print quality level individually, click the Main tab, and for Print Quality, select Custom. The
Set... becomes enabled. Click Set... to open the Custom dialog box , and then specify the desired
settings.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
Paper Source
Shows the source from which paper is supplied.
Rear Tray
Paper is always supplied from the rear tray.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function settings on the application software.
Always Print with Current Settings
Prints documents with the current settings starting from the next print execution.
When you select this function and then close the
, the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs are saved and printing with the same settings is possible starting from the next print execution.
Important
• If you log on with a different user name, the settings that were set when this function was enabled are not reflected in the print settings.
• If a setting was specified on the application software, it has priority.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Click this button to return all settings on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs to their default values (factory settings).
297
Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box
This dialog box allows you to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page
Setup tabs and add the information to the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab.
Name
Enter the name for the printing profile you wish to save.
Up to 255 characters can be entered.
The name appears, with its associated icon, in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick
Setup tab.
Options...
Opens the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box
.
Changes the details of printing profile to be saved.
Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box
Select the icons of the printing profiles to be registered to Commonly Used Settings, and change the items to be saved in the printing profiles.
Icon
Select the icon for the printing profile you wish to save.
The selected icon appears, with its name, in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick
Setup tab.
Save the paper size setting
Saves the paper size to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved paper size when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the paper size is not saved, and consequently the paper size setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the paper size specified with the application software.
Save the orientation setting
Saves the Orientation to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved print orientation when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the print orientation is not saved, and consequently the Orientation setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the print orientation specified with the application software.
Save the copies setting
Saves the Copies setting to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved copies setting when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the copies setting is not saved, and consequently the Copies setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the copies setting specified with the application software.
Custom Paper Size dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.
Units
Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.
298
Paper Size
Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the units specified in Units.
Related Topics
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
Displaying the Print Results before Printing
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
299
Main tab Description
The Main tab allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the media type. Unless special printing is required, normal printing can be performed just by setting the items on this tab.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
Media Type
Selects a type of printing paper.
Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that printing is carried out properly for the specified paper.
Paper Source
Shows the source from which paper is supplied.
Rear Tray
Paper is always supplied from the rear tray.
Print Quality
Selects your desired printing quality.
Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.
Important
• Depending on the Media Type settings, the same print results may be produced even if the Print
Quality is changed.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
Draft
This setting is appropriate for test printing.
300
Custom
Select this when you want to set the printing quality level individually.
Set...
Select Custom for Print Quality to enable this button.
Open the
Custom dialog box . You can then individually set the print quality level.
Color/Intensity
Selects color adjustment method.
Auto
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast, and so on are adjusted automatically.
Manual
Select when you set the individual settings such as Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness,
Intensity, and Contrast, etc. and Color Correction method.
Set...
Select Manual for Color/Intensity to enable this button.
In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box, you can adjust individual color settings such as
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast on the Color Adjustment tab
, and select the Color Correction method on the
.
Note
• If you want to use an ICC profile to adjust colors, use the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box to set the profile.
Grayscale Printing
This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.
Check this check box to print a color document in monochrome.
Preview before printing
Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.
Important
• To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview, you must have Microsoft .NET Framework 4 Client Profile installed on your computer.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Clicking this button restores all the settings on the current screen to their default values (factory settings).
Custom dialog box
Set the quality level, and select the desired print quality.
Quality
You can use the slider bar to adjust the print quality level.
Important
• Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type.
301
Note
• The High, Standard, or Draft print quality modes are linked with the slider bar. Therefore when the slider bar is moved, the corresponding quality and value are displayed on the left. This is the same as when the corresponding radio button is selected for Print Quality on the Main tab.
Color Adjustment Tab
This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow,
Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast options.
Preview
Shows the effect of color adjustment.
The color and brightness change when each item is adjusted. You can check the color adjustment status easily by changing the preview image to one similar to the results to be printed with Sample
Type.
Note
• The graphic is in monochrome when the Grayscale Printing check box is checked.
Sample Type
Selects a preview image displayed on the Color Adjustment tab.
If necessary, select a preview image from Standard, Portrait, Landscape, or Graphics, whichever is most similar to the print results.
View Color Pattern
Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment.
If you want to display the preview image with a color pattern, check this check box.
Cyan / Magenta / Yellow
Adjusts the strengths of Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow.
Moving the slider to the right makes a color stronger, and moving the slider to the left makes a color weaker.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used, which alters the total color balance of the document. Use your application if you want to change the total color balance significantly. Use the printer driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly.
Important
• When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable.
Brightness
Selects the brightness of your print.
You cannot change the levels of pure white and black. However, the brightness of the colors between white and black can be changed.
Intensity
Adjusts the overall intensity of your print.
Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity, and moving the slider to the left decreases the intensity.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
302
Contrast
Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed.
Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast, moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
Print a pattern for color adjustment
When the color balance or intensity/contrast is changed, the pattern printing function prints a list of the adjustment results along with the adjustment values.
Select this function when printing a pattern for color adjustment.
Pattern Print preferences...
Check Print a pattern for color adjustment to enable this button.
The
Pattern Print dialog box opens and allows you to set pattern printing settings.
Pattern Print dialog box
Performs the setup for printing of patterns that allow you to check the color balance and intensity/ contrast of documents.
Parameters to Adjust
Select the item to be checked by pattern printing.
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow
Prints a pattern that allows you to check the cyan/magenta/yellow balance.
Important
• When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Cyan/Magenta/Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable.
Intensity/Contrast
Prints a pattern that allows you to check the intensity/contrast balance.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the paper size to be used for pattern printing.
This setting is linked to Printer Paper Size on the Page Setup tab.
Note
• Depending on the paper size selected on the Page Setup tab, there may be sizes that cannot be selected.
Amount of Pattern Instances
Sets the number of patterns to be printed.
You can select from Largest, Large, and Small. When you select a pattern size, the number of patterns that can be printed is as follows:
Note
• Largest and Large cannot be selected when certain paper sizes or output paper sizes are selected.
• The setting preview on the Main tab displays an image that allows you to check the overall layout.
Largest
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow 37
Intensity/Contrast 49
303
Large
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow 19
Intensity/Contrast 25
Small
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow 7
Intensity/Contrast 9
Color Variation Between Instances
Sets the amount of color change between neighboring patterns.
Select from Large, Medium, and Small. Large produces a large amount of change, and Small produces a small amount of change.
Note
• Large is about double the size of Medium, and Small is about half the size of Medium.
Matching Tab
Allows you to select the method for adjusting colors to match the type of document to be printed.
Color Correction
Allows you to select Driver Matching, ICM (ICC Profile Matching), or None to match the purpose of the print operation.
Important
• When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Color Correction appears grayed out and is unavailable.
Note
• In the XPS printer driver, ICM has become ICC Profile Matching.
Driver Matching
With Canon Digital Photo Color, you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer.
ICM (ICC Profile Matching)
Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing.
Specify the input profile and rendering intent to be used.
Important
• If the application software is set so that ICM is disabled, ICM is unavailable for Color
Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly.
None
Disables color adjustment with the printer driver.
Input Profile
Specifies the input profile to be used when you select ICM (ICC Profile Matching) for Color
Correction.
Standard
The standard printer profile (sRGB), which supports the color space of ICM, is used. This is the default setting.
Adobe RGB (1998)
The Adobe RGB profile, which supports a wider color space than sRGB, is used.
304
Important
• Adobe RGB (1998) is not displayed when input profiles of Adobe RGB are not installed.
Rendering Intent
Specifies the matching method to be used when you select ICM (ICC Profile Matching) for
Color Correction.
Saturation
This method reproduces images even more vividly than the Perceptual method.
Perceptual
This method reproduces images by focusing on colors that most people find desirable.
Select this method to print photos.
Relative Colorimetric
When image data is converted to the color space of the printer, this method converts the image data so the color reproduction approximates the shared color regions. Select this method to print image data with colors that are close to the original colors.
Absolute Colorimetric
When Relative Colorimetric is selected, white spots are reproduced as white spots of the paper (background color). However, when Absolute Colorimetric is selected, how the white spots are reproduced depends on the image data.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Adjusting Color Balance Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
Adjusting Intensity/Contrast Using Sample Patterns (Printer Driver)
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Displaying the Print Results before Printing
305
Page Setup tab Description
The Page Setup tab allows you to determine how a document is to be arranged on the paper. Also, this tab allows you to set the number of copies and the order of printing. If the application which created the document has a similar function, set them with the application.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
Page Size
Selects a page size.
Ensure that you select the same page size as you selected within the application.
Orientation
Selects the printing orientation.
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same orientation that you selected in that application.
Portrait
Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed direction. This is the default setting.
Landscape
Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.
You can change the rotation direction by going to the Maintenance tab, opening the Custom
Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left
when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
Rotate 180 degrees
Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction.
The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application software will be reversed vertically and horizontally.
306
Printer Paper Size
Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.
The default setting is Same as Page Size to perform normal-sized printing.
You can select a printer paper size when you select Fit-to-Page, Scaled, Page Layout, Tiling/Poster, or Booklet for Page Layout.
If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the document size will be reduced. If you select a paper size that is larger than the Page Size, the document size will be enlarged.
Page Layout
Selects the size of the document you want to print and the type of printing.
Normal-size
This is the normal printing method. Select this when you do not specify any page layout.
Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output
If the printer cannot print the paper size of a document, the printer can automatically reduce the size when it prints the document.
Check this check box to reduce the size when printing the document.
Borderless
Chooses whether you are printing on a full page without any page margins or printing with page margins.
In borderless printing, originals are enlarged to extend slightly off the paper. Thus, printing can be performed without any margins (border).
Use Amount of Extension to adjust how much of the document extends off the paper during borderless printing.
Amount of Extension
Adjusts how much of the document extends off the paper during borderless printing.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount of extension and allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems.
Moving the slider to the left reduces the amount of extension and expands the range of the document to print.
Fit-to-Page
This function enables you to automatically enlarge or reduce documents to fit to the paper size loaded in the printer without changing the paper size you specified in your application software.
Scaled
Documents can be enlarged or reduced to be printed.
Specify the size in Printer Paper Size, or enter the scaling ratio in the Scaling box.
Scaling
Specifies an enlargement or reduction ratio for the document you want to print.
Page Layout
Multiple pages of document can be printed on one sheet of paper.
Specify...
Opens the Page Layout Printing dialog box .
Click this button to set details on page layout printing.
Tiling/Poster
This function enables you to enlarge the image data and divide the enlarged data into several pages to be printed. You can also glue together these sheets of paper to create large printed matter, such as a poster.
Specify...
Opens the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box
.
Click this button to set details on tiling/poster printing.
307
Booklet
Booklet printing is the convenient function to create a booklet. Data is printed on both sides of a sheet of paper. This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly, in page number order, when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center.
Specify...
Opens the Booklet Printing dialog box .
Click this button to set details on booklet printing.
Duplex Printing (Manual)
Select whether to print the document to both sides of the paper manually or to one side of the paper.
Check this check box to print the document on both sides.
This function can be used only when Plain Paper is selected for Media Type and one of Normal-size,
Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout is selected.
Stapling Side
Selects the stapling margin position.
The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings, and automatically selects the best stapling margin position. Check Stapling Side, and select from the list to change it.
Specify Margin...
Opens the Specify Margin dialog box .
You can specify the width of the margin.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
Important
• If the application used to create your document has a similar function, specify the number of copies with the application without specifying it here.
Print from Last Page
Check this check box when you want to print from the last page in order. If you do this, you do not need to sort the pages into their correct order after printing.
Uncheck this check box to print your document in normal order, starting from the first page.
Collate
Check this check box to group together the pages of each copy when you want to print multiple copies.
Uncheck this check box when you want to print with all pages of the same page number grouped together.
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, give priority to the printer driver settings. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with both the application and this printer driver, the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
Print Options...
Opens the Print Options dialog box
.
Changes detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from applications.
Stamp/Background... (Stamp...)
Opens the Stamp/Background (Stamp) dialog box .
The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data. It also
308
allows you to print date, time and user name. The Background function allows you to print a light illustration behind the document data.
Note
• With the XPS printer driver, the Stamp/Background... button has become the Stamp... button and only the stamp function can be used.
Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment, Stamp and Background may not be available.
Custom Paper Size dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.
Units
Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.
Paper Size
Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the units specified in Units.
Page Layout Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the number of document pages to be placed on one sheet of paper, the page order, and whether a page border line is to be printed around each document page.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings made on the Page Layout Printing dialog box.
You can check what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Pages
Specifies the number of document pages to fit on one sheet.
Page Order
Specifies the document orientation to be printed on a sheet of paper.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the size of the image to be printed. You can also make settings for cut lines and paste markers which are convenient for pasting together the pages into a poster.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings of the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box.
You can check what the print result will look like.
Image Divisions
Select the number of divisions (vertical x horizontal).
As the number of divisions increases, the number of sheets used for printing increases. If you are
309
pasting pages together to create a poster, increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a larger poster.
Print "Cut/Paste" in margins
Specifies whether to print the words "Cut" and "Paste" in the margins. These words serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster.
Check this check box to print the words.
Note
• Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment, this function may not be available.
Print "Cut/Paste" lines in margins
Specifies whether to print cut lines that serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster.
Check this check box to print the cut lines.
Print page range
Specifies the printing range. Select All under normal circumstances.
Select Pages to specify a specific page or range.
Note
• If some of the pages have not been printed well, specify the pages that do not need to be printed by clicking them in the settings preview of the Page Setup tab. Only the pages shown on the screen will be printed this time.
Booklet Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to set how to bind the document as a booklet. Printing only on one side and printing a page border, can also be set in this dialog box.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings made on the Booklet Printing dialog box.
You can check what the document will look like when printed as a booklet.
Margin for stapling
Specifies which side of the booklet is to be stapled.
Insert blank page
Selects whether to print the document on one side or both sides of the booklet.
Check this check box to print the document on one side of the booklet and select the side to be left blank from the list.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The specified width becomes the stapling margin from the center of the sheet.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
310
Specify Margin dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the margin width for the side to be stapled. If a document does not fit on one page, the document is reduced when printed.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The width of the side specified by Stapling Side becomes the stapling margin.
Print Options dialog box
Makes changes to print data that is sent to the printer.
Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment, this function may not be available.
Disable ICM required from the application software
Disables the ICM function required from the application software.
When an application software uses Windows ICM to print data, unexpected colors may be produced or the printing speed may decrease. If these problems occur, checking this check box may resolve the problems.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
• This function does not work when ICM is selected for Color Correction on the Matching tab of the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box.
Note
• Disable ICM required from the application software tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver.
Disable the color profile setting of the application software
Checking this check box disables information in the color profile that was set on the application software.
When the information in the color profile set on the application software is output to the printer driver, the print result may contain unexpected colors. If this happens, checking this check box may resolve the problem.
Important
• Even when this check box is checked, only some of the information in the color profile is disabled, and the color profile can still be used for printing.
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Ungroup Papers
Sets the display method of Media Type, Page Size, and Printer Paper Size.
To display the items separately, select the check box.
To display the items as a group, clear the check box.
Do not allow application software to compress print data
Compression of the application software print data is prohibited.
If the print result has missing image data or unintended colors, selecting this check box may improve the condition.
311
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Note
• Do not allow application software to compress print data tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver.
Print after creating print data by page
The print data is created in page units, and printing starts after the processing of one page of print data is complete.
If a printed document contains unintended results such as streaks, selecting this check box may improve the results.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Scale images using nearest-neighbor interpolation
When an image is to be enlarged or reduced when printed, the printer uses a simple interpolation process to enlarge or reduce the image.
If the image data in a printed document is not printed clearly, selecting this check box may improve the results.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Note
• Scale images using nearest-neighbor interpolation can be used only with the XPS printer driver.
Prevention of Print Data Loss
You can reduce the size of the print data that was created with the application software and then print the data.
Depending on the application software being used, the image data may be cut off or may not be printed properly. In such cases, select On. If you will not be using this function, select Off.
Important
• When using this function, the print quality may drop depending on the print data.
Unit of Print Data Processing
Selects the processing unit of the print data to be sent to the printer.
Select Recommended under normal circumstances.
Important
• A large amount of memory may be used for certain settings.
Do not change the setting if your computer has a small amount of memory.
Note
• Unit of Print Data Processing tab cannot be used with the XPS printer driver.
312
Stamp/Background (Stamp...) dialog box
The Stamp/Background (Stamp...) dialog box allows you to print a stamp and/or background over or behind the document pages. In addition to the pre-registered ones, you can register and use your original stamp or background.
Note
• With the XPS printer driver, the Stamp/Background... button has become the Stamp... button and only the stamp function can be used.
Stamp
Stamp printing is a function that prints a stamp over a document.
Check this check box and select a title from the list to print a stamp.
Define Stamp...
Opens the Stamp Settings dialog box.
You can check the details of a selected stamp or save a new stamp.
Place stamp over text
Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a stamp over the printed document page. The printed data may be hidden behind the stamp.
Uncheck this check box to print the document data over the stamp. The printed data will not be hidden behind the stamp.
Note
• The stamp is given priority because the stamp is printed over the document data in the sections where the stamp and the document data overlap. When this check box is unchecked, the stamp is printed behind the document data and may be hidden in the overlapping sections depending on the application software used.
Print semitransparent stamp
Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a semi-transparent stamp over the printed document page.
Uncheck this check box to print the stamp over the document data. The printed data may be hidden behind the stamp.
Note
• You can use Print semitransparent stamp only with the XPS printer driver.
Stamp first page only
Selects whether the stamp is to be printed on the first page only or on all pages when the document has two or more pages.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a stamp on the first page only.
Background
Background printing is a function that allows you to print an illustration or a similar object (bitmap, etc.) behind the document.
Check this check box to print a background and select a title from the list.
313
Select Background...
Opens the Background Settings dialog box.
You can register a bitmap as a background, and change layout method and intensity of the selected background.
Background first page only
Selects whether to print the background on the first page only or print on all pages when the document has two or more pages.
Check the Background check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a background on the first page only.
Stamp Tab
The Stamp tab allows you to set the text and bitmap file (.bmp) to be used for a stamp.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.
Stamp Type
Specifies the stamp type.
Select Text to create a stamp with characters. Select Bitmap to create with a bitmap file. Select
Date/Time/User Name to display the creation date/time and user name of the printed document.
The setting items in the Stamp tab change depending on the selected type.
When Stamp Type is Text or Date/Time/User Name
Stamp Text
Specifies the stamp text string.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
For Date/Time/User Name, the creation date/time and user name of the printed object are displayed in Stamp Text.
Important
• Stamp Text appears grayed out and is unavailable if Date/Time/User Name is selected.
TrueType Font
Selects the font for the stamp text string.
Style
Selects the font style for the stamp text string.
Size
Selects the font size for the stamp text string.
Outline
Selects a frame that encloses the stamp text string.
If a large font size is selected for Size, characters may extend outside of the stamp border.
Color/Select Color...
Shows the current color for the stamp.
To select a different color, click Select Color... to open the Color dialog box, and select or create a color you wish to use as a stamp.
When Stamp Type is Bitmap
File
Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the stamp.
314
Select File...
Opens the dialog box to open a file.
Click this button to select a bitmap file to be used as a stamp.
Size
Adjusts the size of the bitmap file to be used as a stamp.
Moving the slider to the right increases the size, moving the slider to the left decreases the size.
Transparent white area
Specifies whether to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.
Check this check box to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.
Note
• Click Defaults to set Stamp Type to text, Stamp Text to blank, TrueType Font to Arial, Style to
Regular, Size to 36 points, Outline unchecked, and Color to gray with the RGB values (192, 192,
192).
Placement Tab
The Placement tab allows you to set the position where the stamp is to be printed.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.
Position
Specifies the stamp position on the page.
Selecting Custom from the list allows you to enter values for the X-Position and Y-Position coordinates directly.
Orientation
Specifies the angle of rotation for the stamp. The angle can be set by entering the number of degrees.
Negative values rotate the stamp clockwise.
Note
• Orientation is enabled only when Text or Date/Time/User Name is selected for Stamp Type on the Stamp tab.
Note
• Click Defaults to set the stamp position to Center and the orientation to 0.
Save settings Tab
The Save settings tab allows you to register a new stamp or delete an unnecessary stamp.
Title
Enter the title to save the stamp you created.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
Note
• Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
315
Stamps
Shows a list of saved stamp titles.
Specify a title to display the corresponding stamp in Title.
Save/Save overwrite
Saves the stamp.
Enter a title in Title, and then click this button.
Delete
Deletes an unnecessary stamp.
Specify the title of an unnecessary stamp from the Stamps list, and click this button.
Background Tab
The Background tab allows you to select a bitmap file (.bmp) to be used as a background or determine how to print the selected background.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the bitmap set on the Background tab.
File
Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the background.
Select File...
Opens the dialog box to open a file.
Click this button to select a bitmap file (.bmp) to be used as the background.
Layout Method
Specifies how the background image is to be placed on the paper.
When Custom is selected, you can set coordinates for X-Position and Y-Position.
Intensity
Adjusts the intensity of the bitmap to be used as a background.
Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity, and moving the slider to the left decreases the intensity. To print the background at the original bitmap intensity, move the slider to the rightmost position.
Note
• Depending on the type of printer driver you are using and the environment, this function may not be available.
• Click Defaults to set File to blank, Layout Method to Fill page, and the Intensity slider to the middle.
Save settings Tab
The Save settings tab allows you to register a new background or delete an unnecessary background.
Title
Enter the title to save the background image you specified.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
Note
• Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
316
Backgrounds
Shows a list of registered background titles.
Specify a title to display the corresponding background in Title.
Save/Save overwrite
Saves the image data as a background.
After inserting the Title, click this button.
Delete
Deletes an unnecessary background.
Specify the title of an unnecessary background from the Backgrounds list, and then click this button.
317
Maintenance tab Description
The Maintenance tab allows you to perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer.
Cleaning
Performs print head cleaning.
Print head cleaning removes any blockage in the print head nozzles.
Perform cleaning when printing becomes faint, or a specific color fails to print, even though all ink levels are sufficiently high.
Deep Cleaning
Performs deep cleaning.
Perform deep cleaning when two cleaning attempts do not resolve the print head problem.
Note
• Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning.
Cleaning the print heads frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Therefore, perform cleaning only when necessary.
Ink Group
When you click Cleaning or Deep Cleaning, the Ink Group window is displayed.
Selects the ink group that you want to clean the print head for.
Click Initial Check Items to display the items that you need to check before you execute cleaning or
deep cleaning.
Print Head Alignment
Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines.
318
Align the print head immediately after installing the print head.
When you click Print Head Alignment, the
Start Print Head Alignment dialog box is displayed.
Nozzle Check
Prints a nozzle check pattern.
Perform this function if printing becomes faint or a specific color fails to print. Print a nozzle check pattern, and check whether the print head is working properly. If the print result for a specific color is fainted, or if there are any unprinted sections, click Cleaning to clean the print head.
To display a list of items that you should check before printing the nozzle check pattern, click
.
Print Check Pattern
This function prints a pattern that allows you to check whether the any of the ink nozzles are clogged.
Click Print Check Pattern. When the confirmation message is displayed, click OK. The Pattern
Check dialog box is then displayed.
Left-side bitmap (good)
The print head nozzles are not clogged.
Right-side bitmap (bad)
The print head nozzles may be clogged.
Exit
Closes the Pattern Check dialog box, and returns to the Maintenance tab.
Cleaning
Performs print head cleaning.
Print head cleaning removes any blockage in the print head nozzles.
Perform cleaning when printing becomes faint, or if a specific color fails to print, even though all ink levels are sufficiently high.
Bottom Plate Cleaning
Performs cleaning of the bottom plate of the printer.
To prevent smudges on the back side of a sheet of paper, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning before you perform duplex printing.
Also perform Bottom Plate Cleaning if ink smudges caused by something other than print data appear on the printed page.
Roller Cleaning
Cleans the paper feed rollers.
Paper feeding may fail if paper dust has stuck to the printer's paper feed rollers. In this case, clean the paper feed rollers to improve the print result.
Power Off
Turns off the printer from the printer driver.
Perform this function to turn off the printer when you cannot press the ON button (POWER button) on the printer because the printer is out of your reach.
319
You must press the ON button (POWER button) on the printer to turn the printer on again after clicking this button. When you use this function, you will not be able to turn the printer on from the printer driver.
Auto Power
Opens the Auto Power Settings dialog box .
Specify settings for operating the printer power automatically. Perform this function if you want to change the auto power settings.
Note
• If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
Quiet Settings
Opens the Quiet Settings dialog box .
Quiet Settings dialog box allows you to specify a setting that reduces the operating noise of the printer.
This mode comes in handy when the operating noise of the printer becomes a concern, such when printing at night. Perform this operation when you want to change the quiet mode setting.
Note
• If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
Custom Settings
Opens the Custom Settings dialog box .
Perform this function to change the settings of this printer.
Note
• If the printer is off or bi-directional communication is disabled, a message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
View Print History
This function starts the Canon IJ XPS preview, and displays the print history.
Note
• You can use this function only with the XPS printer driver.
View Printer Status
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Perform this function when you want to check the printer status and how a print job is proceeding.
Note
• If you are using the XPS printer driver, the "Canon IJ Status Monitor" becomes the "Canon IJ XPS
Status Monitor".
320
About
The version of the printer driver, plus a copyright notice, can be checked.
In addition, the language to be used can be switched.
Initial Check Items
Check that the printer power is on, and open the cover of the printer.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Nozzle Check or Cleaning.
•
remaining in the tank.
• Make sure that you push in the ink tank completely until you hear a clicking sound.
• If an orange tape is adhered to the ink tank, peel it off completely.
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
• Check that the ink tanks are installed in their correct positions.
Start Print Head Alignment dialog box
This dialog box allows you to adjust the attachment position for the print head, or to print the current setting value for the print head position.
Align Print Head
Aligns the print head.
Print head alignment corrects the installation positions of the print head and improves deviated colors and lines.
Align the print head immediately after installing the print head.
Print Alignment Value
Click this button to check the current setting value of the print head position.
Prints the current setting value for the print head position.
Print Head Alignment dialog box
To adjust the print head position manually, click Align Print Head in the Start Print Head Alignment dialog box, and perform the operations instructed in the messages. The Print Head Alignment dialog box is then displayed.
This dialog box allows you to check the printed pattern and adjust the print head position.
Preview Window
Displays the pattern of Print Head Alignment, and checks the position of the selected pattern.
You can also change the setting by clicking the pattern on the screen directly.
Select the Pattern Number
Compare the printed adjustment patterns, and enter the pattern number of the pattern with the least visible streaks or horizontal stripes into the corresponding box.
Note
• If you do not know how to analyze the printed pattern, see Aligning the Print Head Position from
.
321
Initial Check Items
Check that the printer power is on, and open the cover of the printer.
Check the following items for each ink. Then, if necessary, perform Nozzle Check or Cleaning.
•
remaining in the tank.
• Make sure that you push in the ink tank completely until you hear a clicking sound.
• If an orange tape is adhered to the ink tank, peel it off completely.
Any remaining tape will hinder ink output.
• Check that the ink tanks are installed in their correct positions.
Auto Power Settings dialog box
When you click Auto Power, the Auto Power Settings dialog box is displayed.
This dialog box allows you to manage the printer power from the printer driver.
Auto Power On
Selects the auto power-on setting.
Specify Disable to prevent the printer from turning on automatically when print data is sent to it.
Make sure the printer is on and then click OK to change the printer settings.
Specify Enable to turn the printer on automatically when print data is sent to it.
Auto Power Off
Selects the auto power-off setting.
If a printer driver operation or a printer operation is not performed within the specified time, the printer turns off.
Quiet Settings dialog box
When you click Quiet Settings, the Quiet Settings dialog box is displayed.
Quiet Settings dialog box allows you to specify a setting that reduces the operating noise of the printer.
Select when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer at night, etc.
Using this function may lower the print speed.
Do not use quiet mode
Select this option when you wish to use the printer with volume of normal operating noise.
Always use quiet mode
Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer.
Use quiet mode during specified hours
Select this option when you wish to reduce the operating noise of the printer during a specified period of time.
Set the Start time and the End time of the quiet mode you wish to be activated. If both are set to the same time, the quiet mode will not function.
Important
• You can set the quiet mode from the printer or the printer driver.
No matter how you use to set the quiet mode, the mode is applied when you perform operations from the printer or printing from the computer.
• If you specify a time for Use quiet mode during specified hours, quiet mode is not applied to operations (direct print, etc.) performed directly from the printer.
322
Custom Settings dialog box
When you click Custom Settings, the Custom Settings dialog box is displayed.
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
Prevent paper abrasion
The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high-density printing to prevent paper abrasion.
Check this check box to enable this function.
Align heads manually
Usually, the Print Head Alignment function on the Maintenance tab is set to automatic head alignment, but you can change it to manual head alignment.
If the printing results of automatic print head alignment are not satisfactory,
perform manual head alignment .
Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment.
Prevent paper jam
Check this item only if A3 plain paper jams frequently near the paper exit.
Important
• When this function is used, it takes longer to print to A3 plain paper.
Also the print quality may deteriorate.
Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
On the Page Setup tab, you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the Orientation.
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the check box.
Detect the paper width when printing from computer
When you print from the computer, this function identifies the paper that was loaded into this printer.
When the paper width detected by the printer differs from the width of the paper specified in Page
Size on the Page Setup tab, a message is displayed.
To use paper width detection when printing from the computer, select the check box.
Important
• If you are using user-defined paper, use the Custom Paper Size to correctly set the size of the paper loaded in the printer.
If an error message is displayed even though the same size that was set is loaded, clear the check box.
Ink Drying Wait Time
The printer can pause before printing a subsequent page. Moving the slider to the right increases the pause time, and moving the slider to the left decreases the time.
If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries, increase the ink drying wait time.
Reducing the ink drying wait time speeds up printing.
About dialog box
When you click About, the About dialog box is displayed.
This dialog box displays the version, copyright, and module list of the printer driver. You can select the language to be used and switch the language displayed in the setup window.
323
Modules
Lists the printer driver modules.
Language
Specifies the language you wish to use in the printer driver setup window
.
Important
• If the font for displaying the language of your choice is not installed in your system, the characters will be garbled.
Related Topics
Cleaning the Print Heads from Your Computer
Aligning the Print Head Position from Your Computer
Use Your Computer to Print a Nozzle Check Pattern
Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers from Your Computer
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
324
Canon IJ Preview Description
Canon IJ Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed.
The preview reflects the information that is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout, print order, and number of pages. You can also change the media type and paper source settings.
When you want to display a preview before printing, open the
, and check the
Preview before printing check box on the Main tab.
File Menu
Selects the print operation.
Start Printing
Ends the Canon IJ Preview and then starts printing the document that is displayed on the preview screen.
This command has the same function as the Start Printing on the toolbar.
Cancel Printing
Ends the Canon IJ Preview and cancels the printing of the document that is displayed on the preview screen.
This command has the same function as the Cancel Printing on the toolbar.
Exit
Ends the Canon IJ Preview.
Page Menu
This menu includes the following commands to select page to be displayed.
All of these commands except Page Selection... can also be selected from the toolbar.
Note
• If the pages are being spooled, the last spooled page becomes the last page.
• If the Page Layout setting on the Page Setup tab is specified to Page Layout, Tiling/Poster, or
Booklet, the number of pages is the number of sheets to be used for printing, and not the number of pages in the original document created with the application software.
325
• If duplex printing manually has been set, the front pages which will be printed first are all displayed together, and then the back pages are displayed.
First Page
Displays the first page of the document.
If the currently displayed page is the first page, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
Previous Page
Displays the page located before the currently displayed page.
If the currently displayed page is the first page, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
Next Page
Displays the page located after the currently displayed page.
If the currently displayed page is the last page, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
Last Page
Displays the last page of the document.
If the currently displayed page is the last page, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
Page Selection...
Displays the Page Selection dialog box.
This command allows you to specify the page number of the page to be displayed.
Zoom Menu
Selects the ratio of the actual size printed on the paper to the preview display size.
You can also select the ratio from the drop-down list box located on the toolbar.
Whole
Displays the entire page of data as one page.
50%
Reduces the displayed data to 50% of the actual size to be printed.
100%
Displays the data at the actual size to be printed.
200%
Enlarges the displayed data to 200% of the actual size to be printed.
400%
Enlarges the displayed data to 400% of the actual size to be printed.
Option Menu
This menu includes the following command:
Displays Print Page Information
Displays print setup information (including printer paper size, media type, and page layout) for each page at the left side of the preview screen.
This screen also allows you to change the media type and paper source settings.
Help Menu
When you select this menu item, the Help window for Canon IJ Preview is displayed, and you can check the version and copyright information.
326
Start Printing button
Prints the documents selected in the document list.
The printed documents are deleted from the list, and when all documents are printed, the Canon IJ XPS
Preview closes.
Cancel Printing button
Ends the Canon IJ Preview, and cancels the printing of the document that is displayed on the preview screen.
You can click this button while spooling.
Print Page Information Screen
Displays print setup information for each page at the left side of the preview screen.
This screen also allows you to change the media type and paper source settings.
Important
• If the media type and paper source are set from the application software, those settings have priority and the changed settings may become ineffective.
Printer Paper Size
Displays the paper size of the document to be printed.
Media Type
You can select the media type of the document to be printed.
Paper Source
You can select the paper source of the document to be printed.
Page Layout
Displays the page layout of the document to be printed.
327
Canon IJ XPS Preview Description
Canon IJ XPS Preview is an application software that displays what the print result will look like before a document is actually printed.
The preview reflects the information which is set within the printer driver and allows you to check the document layout, print order, and number of pages. The preview also allows you to edit the print document, edit the print pages, change the print settings, and perform other functions.
When you want to display a preview before printing, open the
, and check the
Preview before printing check box on the Main tab.
Important
• To use the Canon IJ XPS Preview, you must have Microsoft .NET Framework 4 Client Profile installed on your computer.
File Menu
Selects print operation and print history settings:
Prints the documents selected in the document list.
The printed documents are deleted from the list, and when all documents are printed, the Canon IJ
XPS Preview closes.
This command has the same function as (Print) on the toolbar and the Print in the print settings area.
Print All Documents
Prints all documents in the document list and closes the Canon IJ XPS Preview.
Save Print History
Switches whether the documents printed from the Canon IJ XPS Preview are to be saved as print history entries.
History Entry Limit
Switches the maximum number of print history registrations.
Select 10 Entries, 30 Entries, or 100 Entries.
328
Important
• If the limit on the number of registration is exceeded, the print history registrations are deleted starting from the oldest one.
Add documents from history to the list
Adds the document saved in the print history to the document list.
Exit
Ends the Canon IJ XPS Preview. The documents remaining in the document list will be deleted from the list.
This command has the same function as the Exit in the print settings area.
Edit Menu
Selects the method for editing multiple documents or pages.
Undo
Reverses the previous change.
If the change cannot be reversed, this function is grayed out and cannot be selected.
This command has the same function as the (Undo) on the toolbar.
Documents
Selects the method for editing print documents.
Combine Documents
Combines the documents selected in the document list into one document.
If only one document is selected, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
This command has the same function as the (Combine Documents) on the toolbar.
Reset Documents
Returns the document selected in the document list to their status before they were added to the Canon IJ XPS Preview.
The combined documents are separated, and the original documents are restored.
This command has the same function as the (Reset Documents) on the toolbar.
Move Document
Use the following command to change the order of the documents selected in the document list.
Move to First
Moves the selected print document to the beginning of the document list.
If the currently selected document is the first document, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
Move Up One
Moves the selected print document one up from its current position.
If the currently selected document is the first document, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
Move Down One
Moves the selected print document one down from its current position.
If the currently selected document is the last document, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
Move to Last
Moves the selected print document to the end of the document list.
If the currently selected document is the last document, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
329
Delete Document
Deletes the selected document from the document list.
If the document list contains only one document, the document is grayed out and cannot be selected.
This command has the same function as the (Delete Document) on the toolbar.
Grayscale Printing
Allows you to change the monochrome print settings.
This command has the same functionality as the Grayscale Printing check box in the print settings area.
Page Layout Printing...
Opens the Page Layout Printing dialog box.
This dialog box allows you to set Page Layout Printing, Pages, Page Order, and Page
Border.
Duplex Printing...
Opens the Duplex Printing dialog box.
This dialog box allows you to set Duplex Printing (Manual), Stapling Side, and Margin.
Copies...
Opens the Copies dialog box.
This dialog box allows you to set Copies, Collate, and Print from Last Page.
Pages
Selects the method for editing print pages.
Delete Page
Deletes the currently selected page.
If page layout printing is set, the pages enclosed with red frame will be deleted.
This command has the same function as the (Delete Page) on the toolbar.
Restore Page
Restores pages that were deleted with the Delete Page function.
To restore pages, you must select the View Deleted Pages check box on the Option menu and display the deleted pages as thumbnails.
Move Page
Use the following command to change the order of the currently selected pages.
Move to First
Moves the currently selected page to the beginning of the document.
If the currently selected page is the first page, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
Move Forward One
Moves the currently selected page one position in front of its current position.
If the currently selected page is the first page, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
Move Backward One
Moves the currently selected page one position after its current position.
If the currently selected page is the last page, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
330
Move to Last
Moves the currently selected page to the end of the document.
If the currently selected page is the last page, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
View Menu
Selects the documents and pages to be displayed.
Documents
Use the following command to select the document to display.
First Document
Displays the first document in the document list.
If the currently selected document is the first document, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
Previous Document
Displays the document located before the currently displayed document.
If the currently selected document is the first document, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
Next Document
Displays the document located after the currently displayed document.
If the currently selected document is the last document, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
Last Document
Displays the last document in the document list.
If the currently selected document is the last document, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
Pages
Use the following command to select the page to be displayed.
Note
• If the Page Layout setting in the printer driver is specified to Tiling/Poster, or Booklet, the number of pages is the number of sheets to be used for printing, and not the number of pages in the original document created with the application software.
First Page
Displays the first page of the document.
If the currently displayed page is the first page, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
Previous Page
Displays the page located before the currently displayed page.
If the currently displayed page is the first page, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
Next Page
Displays the page located after the currently displayed page.
If the currently displayed page is the last page, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
Last Page
Displays the last page of the document.
If the currently displayed page is the last page, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
331
Page Selection...
Displays the Page Selection dialog box.
This command allows you to specify the page number of the page to be displayed.
Zoom Menu
Selects the ratio of the actual size printed on the paper to the preview display size.
You can also select the ratio from the drop-down list box located on the toolbar.
Whole
Displays the entire page of data as one page.
50%
Reduces the displayed data to 50% of the actual size to be printed.
100%
Displays the data at the actual size to be printed.
200%
Enlarges the displayed data to 200% of the actual size to be printed.
400%
Enlarges the displayed data to 400% of the actual size to be printed.
Option Menu
Toggles the show / hide status of the following information.
View Thumbnails
Reduces all pages in the document selected in the document list and displays them at the bottom of the preview window.
This command has the same function as the (View Thumbnails) on the toolbar.
View Document List
Displays the print document list at the top of the preview window.
View Print Settings Area
Displays the print settings area at the right side of the preview window.
View Deleted Pages
When the thumbnails are displayed, this function displays pages that were deleted with the Delete
Page function.
To check deleted pages, you must first select the View Thumbnails check box.
Keep printed documents on the list
Leaves the printed document in the document list.
Print Settings Displayed at Startup
Switches the tab of the print settings area to be displayed when the Canon IJ XPS Preview is started.
Select Page Information, Layout, or Manual Color Adjustment.
Help Menu
When you select this menu item, the Help window for Canon IJ XPS Preview is displayed, and you can check the version and copyright information.
(Print)
Prints the documents selected in the document list.
The printed documents are deleted from the list, and when all documents are printed, the Canon IJ XPS
Preview closes.
332
(Combine Documents)
Combines the documents selected in the document list into one document.
If only one document is selected, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
(Delete Document)
Deletes the selected document from the document list.
If the document list contains only one document, the document is grayed out and cannot be selected.
(Reset Documents)
Returns the document selected in the document list to their status before they were added to the Canon
IJ XPS Preview.
The combined documents are separated, and the original documents are restored.
(View Thumbnails)
Reduces all pages in the document selected in the document list and displays them at the bottom of the preview window.
To hide the print pages, click View Thumbnails again.
(Move to First)
Moves the selected print document to the beginning of the document list.
If the currently selected document is the first document, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
(Move Up One)
Moves the selected print document one up from its current position.
If the currently selected document is the first document, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
(Move Down One)
Moves the selected print document one down from its current position.
If the currently selected document is the last document, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
(Move to Last)
Moves the selected print document to the end of the document list.
If the currently selected document is the last document, this command is grayed out and cannot be selected.
(Undo)
Reverses the previous change.
If the change cannot be reversed, this function is grayed out and cannot be selected.
(Delete Page)
Deletes the currently selected page.
If page layout printing is set, the pages enclosed with red frame will be deleted.
Document list
Displays the list of the print documents.
The document selected in the document list becomes the target for preview display and editing.
Document Name
Displays the name of the print document.
If you click the name of the selected print document, a text box is displayed, and you can rename the document to any name.
333
Pages
Displays the number of pages in the print document.
Important
• The number displayed in Pages and the output page count are different.
• To check the output page count, check the status bar at the bottom of the preview window.
Status
Displays the status of the print documents.
Documents that are undergoing data processing are displayed as Processing data.
Important
• Documents showing Processing data cannot be printed or edited.
Wait until the data processing ends.
Print Settings Area Screen
Allows you to check and change the print settings of the documents selected in the document list.
Print Settings Area is displayed on the right side of the preview window.
Page Information tab
The print settings are displayed for each page.
You can change the media type and paper source settings.
Printer Paper Size
Displays the paper size of the document to be printed.
Media Type
Allows you to select the media type of the document to be printed.
Paper Source
Allows you to select the paper source of the document to be printed.
Page Layout
Displays the page layout of the document to be printed.
Layout tab
You can specify settings for page layout printing.
To apply the specified settings, click Apply.
If the page layout print settings cannot be changed for the print document, the individual items are grayed out and cannot be selected.
Manual Color Adjustment tab
This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan, Magenta,
Yellow, Brightness, Intensity, and Contrast options.
Cyan/Magenta/Yellow
Adjusts the strengths of Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow.
Moving the slider to the right makes a color stronger, and moving the slider to the left makes a color weaker.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to
50.
This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used, which alters the total color balance of the document.
Use your application software if you want to change the total color balance significantly. Use the printer driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly.
334
Important
• When Grayscale Printing is checked, Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow appear grayed out and are unavailable.
Brightness
Selects the brightness of your print.
Pure white and black will not change, but colors between white and black will change.
Intensity
Adjusts the overall intensity of your print.
Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity, and moving the slider to the left decreases the intensity.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to
50.
Contrast
Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed.
Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast, moving the slider to the left decreases the contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to
50.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Clicking this button restores all the settings on this tab to their default values (factory settings).
Grayscale Printing
Allows you to change the monochrome print settings.
Duplex Printing (Manual)
Select whether to print the document to both sides of the paper manually or to one side of the paper.
If the duplex print settings cannot be changed for the print document, this item is grayed out and is unavailable.
Important
• When you select Booklet for Page Layout, Duplex Printing (Manual) of the print settings area will be set automatically. In this case, Duplex Printing (Manual) is grayed out and is unavailable.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
If the numbers of copies cannot be changed for the print document, this item is grayed out and is unavailable.
Exit
Ends the Canon IJ XPS Preview.
The documents remaining in the document list will be deleted from the list.
Prints the documents selected in the document list.
The printed documents are deleted from the list, and when all documents are printed, the Canon IJ
XPS Preview closes.
335
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description
The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the status of the printer and the printing progress. The monitor uses graphics, icons, and messages to let you know the printer status.
Canon IJ Status Monitor Features
The Canon IJ Status Monitor offers the following advantages:
You can check the status of the printer on the screen.
The status of the printer is shown on the screen in real time.
You can check the printing progress of each printing document (print job).
Error types and solutions are shown on the screen.
Shown when a printer error occurs.
You can immediately check how to respond.
You can check the ink status.
This function displays graphics showing the ink tank type and the estimated ink levels.
Icons and messages are displayed when ink is running low (ink level warning).
Canon IJ Status Monitor Overview
Canon IJ Status Monitor allows you to check the status of the printer and ink with graphics and messages.
You can check the information on the printing document and the printing progress during printing.
When a printer error occurs, it shows the cause and solution. Follow the instruction in the message.
Printer
Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a warning or error occurs to the printer.
: Indicates that a warning (operator call error) has occurred or the printer is working.
: There has been an error which requires a service.
Ink Tank
Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a low ink warning or a no ink error occurs.
In addition, this function displays graphics showing the estimated ink levels of the ink tank.
In this case, click the graphics to open the Ink Details dialog box. You can check the detail information such as the remaining ink level and the ink tank types for your printer.
Document Name
Shows the name of the document to be printed.
Owner
Shows the owner's name of the document to be printed.
Printing Page
Shows the number of printing page and total printing pages.
336
Display Print Queue
Shows the print window used to manage the print job that is being printed or being in the print queue.
Cancel Printing
Cancels the current print job.
Important
• The Cancel Printing button is enabled only while print data is being sent to the printer.
Once the print data has been sent, the button is grayed out and becomes unavailable.
Option Menu
If you select Enable Status Monitor, when a printer related message is generated the Canon IJ
Status Monitor starts.
When Enable Status Monitor is selected, following commands are available.
Always Display Current Job
Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor during printing.
Always Display on Top
Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor in front of other windows.
Display Guide Message
Displays the guide for operations in which how to set paper is complicated.
Envelope Printing
Displays the guide message when envelope printing starts.
To hide this guide message, select the Do not show this message again check box.
To display the guide messages again, click Envelope Printing on the Display Guide
Message in the Option menu and enable this setting.
Hagaki Printing
Displays the guide message before the printer begins hagaki printing.
To hide this guide message, select the Do not show this message again check box.
To display the guide messages again, click Hagaki Printing on the Display Guide
Message in the Option menu and enable this setting.
How to load narrow width paper
Before printing on narrow width paper, the printer displays guide messages.
To hide this guide message, select the Do not show this message again check box.
To display the guide messages again, click How to load narrow width paper on the
Display Guide Message in the Option menu and enable this setting.
Display Warning Automatically
When a Low Ink Warning Occurs
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor window automatically and displays it in front of the other windows when a low ink warning occurs.
Start when Windows is Started
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor automatically when you start Windows.
Ink Details Menu
Select this menu to display the Ink Details dialog box. Check the detail information such as the remaining ink level and the ink tank types for your printer.
Ink Details dialog box
This function displays graphics and messages showing the ink tank type and the estimated ink levels.
337
Ink Information (displayed at left)
Shows the ink tank types with graphics.
If a warning or error related to the remaining ink level occurs, the printer driver displays an icon to let you know.
If the icon is displayed, operate the printer according to the instructions displayed on the screen.
Message (displayed at right)
Shows information such as the ink status and ink colors with sentences.
Ink Model Number
Shows the ink tank types for your printer.
Close
Closes the Ink Details dialog box to return to Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Help Menu
When you select this menu item, the Help window for Canon IJ Status Monitor is displayed, and you can check the version and copyright information.
338
Updating the Printer Driver
Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver
Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver
Before Installing the Printer Driver
339
Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver
By updating the printer driver to the latest version of the printer driver, unresolved problems may be solved.
You can check the version of the printer driver by clicking the About button on the Maintenance tab.
You can access our website and download the latest printer driver for your model.
Important
• You can download the printer driver for free, but any Internet access charges incurred are your responsibility.
• Before installing the latest printer driver, delete the previously installed version .
Related Topics
Before Installing the Printer Driver
340
Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver
The printer driver which you no longer use can be deleted.
When deleting the printer driver, first exit all programs that are running.
The procedure to delete the unnecessary printer driver is as follows:
1. Start the uninstaller
• If you are using Windows 8, from the Desktop charms, select Settings -> Control Panel ->
Programs -> Programs and Features.
From the program list, select "XXX Printer Driver" (where "XXX" is your model name) and then click Uninstall.
• If you are using Windows 7 or Windows Vista, select Start menu -> Control Panel -> Programs -
> Programs and Features.
From the program list, select "XXX Printer Driver" (where "XXX" is your model name) and then click Uninstall.
• If you are using Windows XP, select Start menu -> Control Panel -> Add or Remove Programs.
From the program list, select "XXX Printer Driver" (where "XXX" is your model name) and then click Remove.
The confirmation window for uninstalling the model appears.
Important
• In Windows 8, Windows 7, or Windows Vista, a confirmation/warning dialog box may appear when starting, installing or uninstalling software.
This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task.
When you are logged on to an administrator account, click Yes (or Continue, Allow) to continue.
Some applications require an administrator account to continue. In such cases, switch to an administrator account, and restart the operation from the beginning.
2. Execute the uninstaller
Click Execute. When the confirmation message appears, click Yes.
When all the files have been deleted, click Complete.
The deletion of the printer driver is complete.
Important
• Printer driver and XPS printer driver will be deleted when you uninstall the Printer Driver.
341
Before Installing the Printer Driver
This section describes the items that you should check before installing the printer driver. You should also refer to this section if the printer driver cannot be installed.
Checking the Printer Status
• Turn off the printer.
Checking the Personal Computer Settings
• Terminate all running applications.
• In Windows 8, Windows 7, or Windows Vista, log on as a user who has the administrator account.
In Windows XP, log on as the computer administrator.
Important
• Before installing the latest printer driver, delete the previously installed version .
Related Topics
Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver
342
Installing the Printer Driver
You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest printer driver and XPS printer driver for your model.
The procedure for installing the downloaded printer driver is as follows:
1. Turn off the printer
2. Start the installer
Double-click the icon of the downloaded file.
The installation program starts.
Important
• In Windows 8, Windows 7, or Windows Vista, a confirmation/warning dialog box may appear when starting, installing or uninstalling software.
This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task.
When you are logged on to an administrator account, click Yes (or Continue, Allow) to continue.
Some applications require an administrator account to continue. In such cases, switch to an administrator account, and restart the operation from the beginning.
3. Install the printer driver
Take the appropriate action as described on the screen.
4. Complete the installation
Click Complete.
Depending on the environment you are using, a message prompting you to restart the computer may be displayed. To complete the installation properly, restart the computer.
Important
• You can install the XPS printer driver with the same procedure for installing the printer driver. However, when installing the XPS printer driver, first complete installation of the printer driver.
• You can download the printer driver and XPS printer driver for free, but any Internet access charges incurred are your responsibility.
• Before installing the latest printer driver, delete the previously installed version .
Related Topics
Obtaining the Latest Printer Driver
Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver
Before Installing the Printer Driver
343
Troubleshooting
The Printer Cannot Be Powered On
Printing Does Not Start
Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error Occurs
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Ink Is Not Ejected
Paper Jams
If an Error Occurs
Search Each Function
Problems with Network Communication
Problems with Printing
Problems with Printing Quality
Problems with the Printer
Problems with Installation/Downloading
About Errors/Messages Displayed
If You Cannot Resolve the Problem
344
Problems with Network Communication
Problems with the Printer While Using with Network
Cannot Detect a Printer on a Network
Other Problems with Network
345
Problems with the Printer While Using with Network
The Printer Stopped Working Suddenly
Ink Remaining Level Is Not Displayed on Printer Status Monitor of the Printer
Printing Speed Is Slow
Cannot Use the Printer on Replacing an Access Point or Changing Its settings
346
The Printer Stopped Working Suddenly
Cannot Communicate with the Printer After the Network Settings Are Changed
Cannot Communicate with the Printer over the Wireless LAN
Cannot Communicate with the Printer over the Wired LAN
Cannot Print from a Computer Connected to the Network
Cannot Communicate with the Printer After the Network Settings Are
Changed
It may take a while for the computer to obtain the IP address, or you may need to restart your computer.
Search for the printer again after confirming a valid IP address is assigned to the computer.
Cannot Communicate with the Printer over the Wireless LAN
Check1
Make sure that the printer is turned on.
Check2
Make sure that the network settings in the printer are identical with those of the access point.
Refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer to check the access point settings, and then modify the printer settings.
Check3
Make sure that the printer is not place as far away from the access point.
The access point is located indoors within the effective range for wireless communication. Locate the printer within 164 ft. / 50 m from the access point.
Check4
Make sure that there is no obstruction.
Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Adjust the location of the devices.
Check5
Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity.
If a device (e.g. microwave oven) using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby, the device may cause interference. Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible.
Check6
Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct.
For the procedures to connect a network device to the computer and set them up, refer to the instruction manual of your network device or contact its manufacturer.
Check7
Make sure that the radio status is good and adjust the installation positions while monitoring the radio status with IJ Network Tool.
Monitoring Wireless Network Status
Check8
Make sure that the valid wireless channel is used.
347
The wireless channel to be used may be limited depending on wireless network devices installed in the computer. Refer to the instruction manual provided with your computer or your wireless network device to specify the valid wireless channel.
Check9
Make sure that the channel set to the access point is valid to communicate with the computer, confirmed in Check 8.
If not, change the channel set to the access point.
Check10
Make sure that the firewall of the security software is disabled.
If the firewall function of your security software is turned on, a message may appear warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network. If the warning message appears, set the security software to always allow access.
If using any programs that switch the network environment, check their settings. Some programs will enable a firewall by default.
Check11
When using a router, connect the printer and computer to the LAN side
(same network segment).
If the problem is not resolved, perform setup with the Setup CD-ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website.
• For placement:
Make sure that there is no barrier or obstacle between the access point and the printer.
Cannot Communicate with the Printer over the Wired LAN
Check1
Make sure that the printer is turned on.
Check2
Make sure that the LAN cable is connected properly.
Make sure that the printer is connected to the router with the LAN cable. If the LAN cable is loose, connect the cable properly.
If the LAN cable is connected to the WAN side of the router, connect the cable to the LAN side of the router.
If the problem is not resolved, perform setup with the Setup CD-ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website.
Cannot Print from a Computer Connected to the Network
Check1
Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct.
For the procedures to set up the computer, refer to the instruction manual of your computer or contact its manufacturer.
Check2
If the printer driver is not installed, install it.
Install the printer driver with the Setup CD-ROM or install it from our website.
Check3
When using wireless LAN, make sure that access control is not set to the access point.
348
For the procedures to connect an access point and set it up, refer to the instruction manual of your access point or contact its manufacturer.
Note
• To check the MAC address or the IP address of the computer, see
Checking the IP Address or the MAC
.
349
Ink Remaining Level Is Not Displayed on Printer Status Monitor of the Printer
Use the printer driver with bidirectional communication.
Select Enable bidirectional support in the Ports sheet of the properties dialog box of the printer driver.
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window
350
Printing Speed Is Slow
Check1
The printer may be printing out a large job issued from another computer.
Check2
When using wireless LAN, make sure that the radio status is good and adjust the installation positions while monitoring the radio status with IJ Network Tool.
Monitoring Wireless Network Status
Make sure that there is no barrier or obstacle between the access point and the printer. Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. The metal, concrete, or timber including the metallic material, mud wall, or insulator may interrupt a wireless communication. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a wireless LAN for the wall material, place the printer and the computer in the same room or floor.
Check3
When using wireless LAN, make sure that there is no source of interference in your vicinity.
If a device (e.g. microwave oven) using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby, the device may cause interference. Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible.
351
Cannot Use the Printer on Replacing an Access Point or Changing
Its settings
When you replace an access point, perform network setup of the printer again.
Perform network setup again with the Setup CD-ROM or perform it again according to the instructions on our website.
If the problem is not resolved, see below.
Cannot Communicate with the Printer After Applying MAC/IP Address Filtering or Entering a WEP/WPA/
When Encryption Is Enabled, Cannot Communicate With the Printer After the Encryption Type Was
Cannot Communicate with the Printer After Applying MAC/IP Address
Filtering or Entering a WEP/WPA/WPA2 Key to the Access Point
Check1
Confirm the access point setting.
Refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer to confirm the access point setting. Make sure that the computer and the access point can communicate with each other under this setting.
Check2
If you are performing MAC address filtering or IP address filtering at the access point, confirm that the MAC address or IP address for both the computer or the network device and the printer are registered.
Check3
If you are using a WEP/WPA/WPA2 key, make sure that the key for the computer or the network device and the printer matches that set to the access point.
Besides the WEP key itself, the key length, key format, the key ID to use, and the authentication method must match among the printer, the access point, and the computer.
Normally, select Auto for the authentication method. If you want to specify the method manually, select Open
System or Shared Key according to the setting of the access point.
When Encryption Is Enabled, Cannot Communicate With the Printer After the Encryption Type Was Switched on the Access Point
If the printer cannot communicate with the computer after the encryption type of the printer was switched, make sure that encryption types for the computer and the access point matches that set to the printer.
Cannot Communicate with the Printer After Applying MAC/IP Address Filtering or Entering a
WEP/WPA/WPA2 Key to the Access Point
352
Cannot Detect a Printer on a Network
Cannot Detect the Printer When Setting up Network Communication
The Printer Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN
The Printer Cannot Be Detected in the Wired LAN
353
Cannot Detect the Printer When Setting up Network
Communication
If the printer could not be detected on the network when setting up the network communication, confirm the network settings before redetecting the printer.
Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 1
Cannot Detect the Printer during Wired LAN Setup: Check 1
354
Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 1
Are the computer and network device (router, access point, etc.) configured and can the computer connect to the network?
Make sure that you can view web pages on your computer.
If you cannot view any web pages:
Configure the computer and network device.
For the procedures, refer to the instruction manuals supplied with the computer and network device, or contact their manufacturers.
If you can view web pages after configuring the computer and network device, try to set up the network communication from the beginning.
If you can view web pages:
Go to check 2.
Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 2
355
Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 2
Does the firewall function of your security software or operation system for computer interfere with setting up the network communication?
The firewall function of your security software or operation system for computer may limit communications between the printer and your computer. Confirm the setting of firewall function of your security software or operation system or the message appearing on your computer.
If the firewall function interferes with setting up:
• When the message appears on your computer:
If the message warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network appears on the computer, set the security software to allow access.
• When the message does not appear on your computer:
Cancel to set up, then set the security software to allow Canon software* to access the network.
* On the Setup CD-ROM, select win > Driver > DrvSetup, then set the security software to allow the file Setup.exe or Setup64.exe to access the network.
After setting the security software, try to set up the network communication from the beginning.
Note
• For the operation system firewall settings or the security software firewall settings, refer to the instruction manual of the computer or software, or contact its manufacturer.
If there is no problem with the firewall settings:
Go to check 3.
Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 3
356
Cannot Detect the Printer during Wireless LAN Setup: Check 3
Check the settings of the access point.
Check the settings of the access point for the network connection such as IP address filtering, MAC address filtering, or DHCP function.
For details on how to check the settings of the access point, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the access point or contact its manufacturer.
357
Cannot Detect the Printer during Wired LAN Setup: Check 1
Is the LAN cable connected, and are the printer and the router turned on?
Make sure that the LAN cable is connected.
Make sure that the printer is turned on.
Confirming that the Power Is On
Make sure that the router is turned on.
If the LAN cable is connected and the printer or the network device is turned off:
Turn on the printer or the network device.
After turning on the printer or the network device, it may take some time until ready for use. After a while just turning on the printer or the network device, click Redetect on the Check Printer Settings screen.
When the printer is detected, follow the instructions on the screen to continue to set up the network communication.
If the LAN cable is connected and the printer and the network device are turned on:
If the printer and the network device are turned on or if the printer could not be detected after clicking
Redetect, go to check 2.
Cannot Detect the Printer during Wired LAN Setup: Check 2
358
Cannot Detect the Printer during Wired LAN Setup: Check 2
Are the computer and the router configured and can the computer connect to the network?
Make sure that you can view web pages on your computer.
If you cannot view any web pages:
Click Cancel on the Check Printer Settings screen to cancel to set up the network communication. After that, configure the computer and network device.
For the procedures, refer to the instruction manuals supplied with the computer and network device, or contact their manufacturers.
If you can view web pages after configuring the computer and network device, try to set up the network communication from the beginning.
If you can view web pages:
Go to check 3.
Cannot Detect the Printer during Wired LAN Setup: Check 3
359
Cannot Detect the Printer during Wired LAN Setup: Check 3
Activate the wired LAN setting of the printer.
Press and hold the RESUME/CANCEL button, then release the button when the POWER lamp flashes white 11 times.
Note
• To check whether the wired LAN is activated, print out the network setting information.
Printing Out Network Setting Information
360
The Printer Cannot Be Detected in the Wireless LAN
Check1
Make sure that the printer is turned on.
Check2
Make sure that the Wi-Fi lamp is lit on the front side of the printer.
If the Wi-Fi lamp is off, Wireless LAN is inactive.
To activate Wireless LAN, press and hold the RESUME/CANCEL button, then release the button when the
POWER lamp flashes white 10 times.
Wireless LAN is activated and the Wi-Fi lamp is lit.
Check3
When the printer is connected to the computer temporarily using a USB cable, make sure that the USB cable is connected properly.
When you set up the wireless LAN connection using a USB cable or change the wireless LAN settings using IJ
Network Tool, connect the printer and the computer securely.
Connecting the Printer to the Computer Using a USB Cable
Check4
Make sure that the printer setup is completed.
If not, perform setup with the Setup CD-ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website.
Check5
When using IJ Network Tool, click Update to search for the printer again.
Check6
When searching for a printer over a network, make sure that the printer is associated with the port.
When No Driver is displayed under Name in IJ Network Tool, there is no association. Select Associate Port on the Settings menu, then associate the port with the printer.
When the Printer Driver Is Not Associated with a Port
Check7
Make sure that the network settings in the printer are identical with those of the access point.
Refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer to check the access point settings, and then modify the printer settings.
Check8
Make sure that there is no obstruction.
Wireless communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Adjust the location of the devices.
Check9
Make sure that the printer is not place as far away from the access point.
The access point is located indoors within the effective range for wireless communication. Locate the printer within 164 ft. / 50 m from the access point.
Check10
Make sure that there is no source of radio wave interference in your vicinity.
361
If a device (e.g. microwave oven) using the same frequency bandwidth as the wireless station is placed nearby, the device may cause interference. Place the wireless station as far away from the interference source as possible.
Check11
Make sure that the network settings of the computer are correct.
Make sure that the computer can communicate with the printer and the access point over the wireless LAN.
Check12
Make sure that Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the properties dialog box of the printer driver.
Check13
Make sure that the firewall of the security software is disabled.
If the firewall function of your security software is turned on, a message may appear warning that Canon software is attempting to access the network. If the warning message appears, set the security software to always allow access.
If using any programs that switch the network environment, check their settings. Some programs will enable a firewall by default.
Check14
When using a router, connect the printer and computer to the LAN side (same network segment).
If the problem is not resolved, perform setup with the Setup CD-ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website.
362
The Printer Cannot Be Detected in the Wired LAN
Check1
Make sure that the printer is turned on.
Check2
Is the wired LAN setting of the printer activated?
To check whether the wired LAN is activated, print out the network setting information.
Printing Out Network Setting Information
If the wired LAN is inactive, press and hold the RESUME/CANCEL button, then release the button when the
POWER lamp flashes white 11 times. The wired LAN is activated.
Check3
Make sure that the LAN cable is connected properly.
Make sure that the printer is connected to the router with the LAN cable. If the LAN cable is loose, connect the cable properly.
If the LAN cable is connected to the WAN side of the router, connect the cable to the LAN side of the router.
363
Other Problems with Network
Forgot an Access Point Name, SSID, or a Network Key
The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen During Setup
The Admin Password Set to the Printer Was Forgotten
Checking Information about the Network
How to Restore the Printer's Network Settings to Factory Default
364
Forgot an Access Point Name, SSID, or a Network Key
Cannot Connect with an Access Point to Which a WEP/WPA/WPA2 Key Is Set (You Forgot the
Cannot Connect with an Access Point to Which a WEP/WPA/WPA2 Key Is
Set (You Forgot the WEP/WPA/WPA2 Key)
For information on how to set up the access point, refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer. Make sure that the computer and the access point can communicate with each other.
After that, set up the printer to match the settings of the access point using IJ Network Tool.
How to Set a WEP/WPA/WPA2 Key
For information on how to set up the access point, refer to the instruction manual provided with the access point or contact its manufacturer. Make sure that the computer and the access point can communicate with each other.
After that, set up the printer to match the settings of the access point using IJ Network Tool.
• When using WEP
The key length, key format, the key to use (one of 1 to 4), and the authentication method must match among the access point, the printer, and the computer.
In order to communicate with an access point that uses automatically generated WEP keys, you must configure the printer to use the key generated by the access point by entering it in hexadecimal format.
Normally, select Auto for the authentication method. Otherwise, select Open System or Shared Key according to the setting of the access point.
When the WEP Details screen appears after clicking Set on the Search screen, follow the on-screen instructions and set the key length, the key format, the key number, and the authentication to enter a
WEP key.
For details, see Changing the WEP Detailed Settings .
• When using WPA or WPA2
The authentication method, passphrase, and dynamic encryption type must match on the access point, the printer, and the computer.
Enter the passphrase configured on the access point (a sequence of between 8 and 63 alphanumeric characters, or a 64-character hexadecimal number).
Select either TKIP (Basic Encryption) or AES (Secure Encryption) for the dynamic encryption method.
For details, see Changing the WPA or WPA2 Detailed Settings .
Note
• This printer supports WPA-PSK (WPA-Personal) and WPA2-PSK (WPA2-Personal).
365
The Message Is Displayed on the Computer Screen During Setup
The Enter Password Screen Is Displayed During Setup
"You are connecting the printer to the non encrypted wireless network" Is Displayed
The Enter Password Screen Is Displayed During Setup
The following screen is displayed if an administrator password is set to the printer which has already been set up.
Enter the administrator password you have set.
Changing the Settings in the Admin Password Sheet
The Screen for Setting the Encryption Is Displayed After Selecting the
Access Point in the Search Screen
This screen is displayed automatically if the selected access point is encrypted. In this case, configure the details to use the same encryption settings set to the access point.
For information on the encryption settings, see Changing the Settings in the Wireless LAN Sheet
.
"You are connecting the printer to the non encrypted wireless network" Is
Displayed
Security is not configured on the access point. The printer can still be used, so continue the setup procedure to complete it.
Important
• If you connect to a network that is not protected with security measures, there is a risk of disclosing data such as your personal information to a third party.
366
The Admin Password Set to the Printer Was Forgotten
Initialize the LAN settings.
How to Restore the Printer's Network Settings to Factory Default
After initializing the LAN settings, perform setup with the Setup CD-ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website.
367
Checking Information about the Network
Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Printer
Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Computer
Checking If the Computer and the Printer, or Computer and the Access Point Can Communicate
Checking the Network Setting Information
Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Printer
To check the IP address or the MAC address of the printer, print out the network setting information.
Printing Out Network Setting Information
To display the network setting information using IJ Network Tool, select Network Information on the
View menu.
Checking the IP Address or the MAC Address of the Computer
To check the IP address or MAC address assigned to the computer, follow the procedure below.
1. Select Command Prompt as shown below.
• In Windows 8, select Command Prompt from the Start screen. If Command Prompt is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm, then search for "Command Prompt".
• In Windows 7, Windows Vista, or Windows XP, click Start > All Programs > Accessories >
Command Prompt.
2. Enter "ipconfig/all" and press the Enter key.
The IP addresses and the MAC addresses of the network devices installed on your computer are displayed. When the network device is not connected to the network, the IP address is not displayed.
Checking If the Computer and the Printer, or Computer and the Access
Point Can Communicate
To check that communication is available, perform the ping test.
1. Select Command Prompt as shown below.
• In Windows 8, select Command Prompt from the Start screen. If Command Prompt is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm, then search for "Command Prompt".
• In Windows 7, Windows Vista, or Windows XP, click Start > All Programs > Accessories >
Command Prompt.
2. Type the ping command and the IP address of the target printer or the target access point, and then press the Enter key.
ping XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
368
If the communication is available, a message such as the following is displayed.
Reply from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: bytes=32 time=10ms TTL=255
When Request timed out is displayed, the communication is not available.
Checking the Network Setting Information
To check the IP address or the MAC address of the printer, print out the network setting information.
Printing Out Network Setting Information
369
How to Restore the Printer's Network Settings to Factory Default
Important
• Note that initialization erases all network settings on the printer, and printing operation from a computer over network may become impossible. To use the printer over network, perform setup with the Setup
CD-ROM or perform it according to the instructions on our website.
Press and hold the RESUME/CANCEL button, then release the button when the POWER lamp flashes white 9 times.
The network settings are initialized.
370
Problems with Printing
Printing Does Not Start
Paper Jams
Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error Occurs
Printing Stops Before It Is Completed
371
Printing Does Not Start
Check1
Make sure that the power plug is securely plugged in, then press the ON button to turn the printer on.
While the POWER lamp is flashing, the printer is initializing. Wait until the POWER lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Note
• When printing large data such as a photo or graphics, it may take longer to start printing. While the
POWER lamp is flashing, the computer is processing data and sending it to the printer. Wait until printing starts.
Check2
Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer properly.
When the printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable, make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the printer and the computer, then check the followings:
• If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the computer, and try printing again. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device. Consult the reseller of the relay device for details.
• There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and try printing again.
When you use the printer over LAN, make sure that the printer is connected to the network with a LAN cable or is set up correctly.
Check3
If there are any unnecessary print jobs, delete them.
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
Check4
Does the page size setting match the size of the paper loaded in the printer?
Set the printer not to detect the width of the paper using the printer driver.
To set the printer not to detect the width of the paper, open the printer driver setup window, and in Custom
Settings under the Maintenance sheet, clear the Detect the paper width when printing from computer check box, and then click OK.
To open the printer driver setup window, see
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window .
* Select the Detect the paper width when printing from computer check box again once printing is complete, and then click OK.
Check5
Make sure that your printer's name is selected in the Print dialog box.
The printer will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer.
Make sure that your printer's name is selected in the Print dialog box.
Note
• To make the printer the one selected by default, select Set as Default Printer.
Check6
Configure the printer port appropriately.
Make sure that the printer port is configured appropriately.
1. Log on as a user account with administrator privilege.
372
2. Select items as shown below.
• In Windows 8, select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop > Hardware and Sound >
Devices and Printers.
• In Windows 7, select Devices and Printers from the Start menu.
• In Windows Vista, select the Start menu > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
• In Windows XP, select the Start menu > Control Panel > Printers and Other Hardware > Printers
and Faxes.
3. Open the properties of the printer driver for the printer.
• In Windows 8 or Windows 7, right-click the "Canon XXX" icon (where "XXX" is your printer's name), then select Printer properties.
• In Windows Vista or Windows XP, right-click the "Canon XXX" icon (where "XXX" is your printer's name), then select Properties.
4. Click the Ports tab to confirm the port settings.
Make sure that a port named "USBnnn" (where "n" is a number) with "Canon XXX" appearing in the Printer column is selected for Print to the following port(s).
Note
• When the printer is used over LAN, the port name of the printer is displayed as
"CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx". "xxxxxxxxxx" is the character string generated from the MAC address or a character string specified by the user when setting up the printer.
• If the setting is incorrect:
Reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD-ROM or install it from our website.
• Printing does not start even though the printer is connected to the computer using a USB cable and the port named "USBnnn" is selected:
In Windows 8, select My Printer on the Start screen to start My Printer. If My Printer is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm, then search for "My Printer".
Set the correct printer port on Diagnose and Repair Printer. Follow the on-screen instructions to set the correct printer port, then select your printer's name.
In Windows 7, Windows Vista, or Windows XP, click Start and select All programs, Canon Utilities,
Canon My Printer, Canon My Printer, then select Diagnose and Repair Printer. Follow the onscreen instructions to set the correct printer port, then select your printer's name.
If the problem is not resolved, reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD-ROM or install it from our website.
• Printing does not start even though the port named "CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx" is selected when the printer is used over LAN:
Launch IJ Network Tool, and select "CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx" as you confirmed in step 4, then associate the port with the printer using Associate Port in the Settings menu.
If the problem is not resolved, reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD-ROM or install it from our website.
Check7
Is the size of the print data extremely large?
Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver. Then, set Prevention of Print Data Loss in the displayed dialog to On.
* When On is selected for Prevention of Print Data Loss, print quality may be reduced.
373
Check8
Restart your computer.
374
Paper Jams
When paper is jammed, the Alarm lamp flashes orange and a troubleshooting message is displayed on the computer screen automatically. Take the appropriate action described in the message.
For details on how to remove the jammed paper, refer to Support Code List (When Paper Is Jammed)
.
Note
• You can confirm the actions against errors with Support Codes on your computer by searching a
Support Code.
375
Paper Does Not Feed Properly/"No Paper" Error Occurs
Check1
Make sure that paper is loaded.
Check2
Make sure of the following when you load paper.
• When loading two or more sheets of paper, flip through the paper before loading.
• When loading two or more sheets of paper, align the edges of the sheets before loading.
• When loading two or more sheets of paper, make sure that the paper stack does not exceed the paper load limit.
However, proper feeding of paper may not be possible at this maximum capacity depending on the type of paper or environmental conditions (either very high or low temperature and humidity). In such cases, reduce the sheets of paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit.
• Always load the paper in portrait orientation, regardless of the printing orientation.
• When you load the paper, load the paper with the print side facing UP and slide the paper guides to align with the both sides of the paper.
Check3
Check to see if the paper you are printing on is not too thick or curled.
Check4
Make sure of the following when you load Hagakis or envelopes.
• If a Hagaki is curled, it may not feed properly even though the paper stack does not exceed the paper load limit.
• When printing on envelopes, refer to Loading Paper , and prepare the envelopes before printing.
Once you have prepared the envelopes, load them in portrait orientation. If the envelopes are placed in landscape orientation, they will not feed properly.
Check5
Confirm that the media type and the paper size settings correspond with the loaded paper.
Check6
Make sure that there are not any foreign objects in the rear tray.
376
If the paper tears in the rear tray, see
to remove it.
If there are any foreign objects in the rear tray, be sure to turn off the printer, unplug it from the power supply, then remove the foreign object.
Check7
Clean the paper feed roller.
Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers from Your Computer
Note
• Cleaning the paper feed roller will wear the roller, so perform this procedure only when necessary.
Check8
If A3 sized plain paper jams frequently near the paper output slot or is curled, apply the setting to prevent paper jam.
Only when A3 sized plain paper jams frequently near the paper output slot or is curled, set the printer to prevent paper jam with the printer driver.
Print speed or print quality may be reduced if you apply the setting to prevent paper jam.
* Readjust the setting not to prevent paper jam once printing is complete. If not, this setting remains enabled for all subsequent print jobs.
Open the printer driver setup window, and in Custom Settings in the Maintenance sheet, select the Prevent
paper jam check box, and then click OK.
377
To open the printer driver setup window, see
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window .
378
Printing Stops Before It Is Completed
Check1
Is the paper loaded?
Make sure that paper is loaded.
If the printer has run out of paper, load paper.
Check2
Do the printing documents have lots of photographs or illustrations?
As printing large data such as photos or graphics takes time for the printer and the computer to process, the printer may appear to have stopped operating.
In addition, when printing data that uses a large amount of ink continuously on plain paper, the printer may pause temporarily. In either case, wait until the process is complete.
Note
• If you are printing a document with a large printing area or printing multiple copies of a document, printing may pause to allow the ink to dry.
Check3
Has the printer been printing continuously for a long period?
If the printer has been printing continuously for a long time, the print head or other parts around it may overheat.
The printer may stop printing at a line break for a period of time and then resume printing.
In this case, wait for a while without operation. If the printing still does not resume, interrupt your print session at a convenient time and turn the printer off for at least 15 minutes.
Caution
• The print head and the surrounding area can become extremely hot inside the printer. Never touch the print head or nearby components.
379
Problems with Printing Quality
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Ink Is Not Ejected
380
Print Results Not Satisfactory
If the print result is not satisfactory due to white streaks, misaligned lines, or uneven colors, confirm the paper and print quality settings first.
Check1
paper?
Do the page size and media type settings match the size and type of the loaded
When these settings are incorrect, you cannot obtain a proper print result.
If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, incorrect paper type settings may reduce the quality of the printout color.
Also, if you print with an incorrect paper type setting, the printed surface may be scratched.
In borderless printing, uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and the loaded paper.
Confirm the page size and media type settings using the printer driver.
Check2
Make sure that the appropriate print quality is selected using the printer driver.
Select a print quality option suitable for the paper and image for printing. If you notice blurs or uneven colors, increase the print quality setting and try printing again.
You can confirm the print quality setting using the printer driver.
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
Check3
If the problem is not resolved, there may be other causes.
See also the sections below:
No Printing Results/Printing Is Blurred/Colors Are Wrong/White Streaks
Line Does Not Print or Prints Partially
Image Does Not Print or Prints Partially
Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots
Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched
Vertical Lines Are Printed on the Sides of the Printout
381
Cannot Print to End of Job
Check1
Select the setting not to compress the printing data.
If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using, the printing result may be improved.
Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver. Select the Do not allow application
software to compress print data check box, then click OK.
* Deselect the check box after printing is complete.
Check2
Is the size of the print data extremely large?
Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver. Then, set Prevention of Print Data Loss in the displayed dialog to On.
* When On is selected for Prevention of Print Data Loss, print quality may be reduced.
Check3
Is the space of your computer's hard disk sufficient?
Delete unnecessary files to free disk space.
382
No Printing Results/Printing Is Blurred/Colors Are Wrong/White
Streaks
No Printing Results
Printing Is Blurred
Colors Are Wrong
White Streaks
383
Check1
Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings?
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Check2
Check the status of ink tanks. Replace the ink tank if the ink has run out.
Check3
Is the orange tape or protective film remaining?
Make sure that all of the protective film is peeled off and the Y-shape air hole is exposed, as illustrated in (A).
If the orange tape is left as in (B), pull the orange tape and remove it.
Check4
Print the Nozzle Check Pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations such as Print Head Cleaning.
Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
Refer to
When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect
for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing, Print Head
Cleaning, and Print Head Deep Cleaning.
• If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly:
Check to see if a particular color's ink tank is not empty.
If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly though ink is sufficient, perform the Print Head Cleaning and try printing the Nozzle Check Pattern again.
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice:
Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning.
If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning, turn off the printer and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours.
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice:
If Print Head Deep Cleaning does not resolve the problem, the print head may be damaged. Contact the service center.
Check5
When using paper with one printable surface, make sure that the paper is loaded with the printable side facing up.
Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality.
Load paper with the printable side facing up.
Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side.
384
Lines Are Misaligned
Check1
Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings?
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Check2
Perform Print Head Alignment.
If printed lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head position.
Note
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Alignment, perform Print Head Alignment
manually referring to Aligning the Print Head Position Manually from Your Computer .
Check3
Increase the print quality and try printing again.
Increasing the print quality in the printer driver may improve the print result.
385
Line Does Not Print or Prints Partially
Check1
Is the Page Layout Printing performed or the Binding margin function used?
When the Page Layout Printing or Binding margin function is being used, thin lines may not be printed. Try thickening the lines in the document.
Check2
Is the size of the print data extremely large?
Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver. Then, set Prevention of Print Data Loss in the displayed dialog to On.
* When On is selected for Prevention of Print Data Loss, print quality may be reduced.
386
Image Does Not Print or Prints Partially
Check1
Select the setting not to compress the printing data.
If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using, the printing result may be improved.
Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver. Select the Do not allow application
software to compress print data check box, then click OK.
* Deselect the check box after printing is complete.
Check2
Is the size of the print data extremely large?
Click Print Options on the Page Setup sheet on the printer driver. Then, set Prevention of Print Data Loss in the displayed dialog to On.
* When On is selected for Prevention of Print Data Loss, print quality may be reduced.
387
Printed Paper Curls or Has Ink Blots
Printed Paper Has Ink Blots
Printed Paper Curls
Check1
Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings?
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Check2
If the intensity is set high, reduce the intensity setting and try printing again.
If you are using plain paper to print images with high intensity, the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy, causing paper abrasion.
You can confirm the intensity using the printer driver.
Check3
Is Photo Paper used for printing photographs?
When printing data with high color saturation such as photographs or images in deep color, we recommend using Photo Paper Plus Glossy II or other Canon speciality paper.
388
Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched
Paper Is Smudged
The Edges of Paper Are Smudged Printed Surface Is Smudged
Printed Surface Is Scratched
Check1
Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings?
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Check2
Is the appropriate type of paper used? Check the followings:
• Check to see if the paper you are printing on is suitable for your printing purpose.
• When performing Borderless Printing, make sure that the paper you are using is suitable for Borderless
Printing.
If the paper you are using is not suitable for Borderless Printing, the print quality may be reduced at the top and bottom edges of the paper.
Check3
Load the paper after correcting its curl.
When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a time as it is. If you roll up this paper to flatten, this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper and reduce the print quality.
We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and keeping it on a level surface.
• For Plain Paper
Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side.
Leaving the paper loaded on the rear tray for a long time may cause the paper to curl. In this case, load the paper with the other side facing up. It may resolve the problem.
• For Other Paper
If the curl on the four corners of the paper is more than 0.1 inch / 3 mm (A) in height, the paper may be smudged or may not be fed properly. In such cases, follow the procedure described below to correct the paper curl.
389
1. Roll up the paper in the opposite direction to the paper curl as shown below.
2. Check that the paper is now flat.
We recommend printing curl-corrected paper one sheet at a time.
Note
• Depending on the media type, the paper may be smudged or may not be fed properly even if it is not curled inward. In such cases, follow the procedure described below to curl the paper outward within 0.1
inch / 3 mm (B) in height before printing. This may improve the print result.
(C) Printing side
We recommend printing paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time.
Check4
Adjust the setting to prevent paper abrasion.
Adjusting the setting to prevent paper abrasion will widen the clearance between the print head and the loaded paper. If you notice abrasion even with the media type set correctly to match the loaded paper, set the printer to prevent paper abrasion on the computer.
Print speed may be reduced if you apply the setting to prevent paper abrasion setting.
* Readjust the setting not to prevent paper abrasion once printing is complete. If not, this setting remains enabled for all subsequent print jobs.
Open the printer driver setup window, and in Custom Settings in the Maintenance sheet, select the Prevent
paper abrasion check box, and then click OK.
To open the printer driver setup window, see
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window .
Check5
If the intensity is set high, reduce the intensity setting and try printing again.
If you are using plain paper to print images with high intensity, the paper may absorb too much ink and become wavy, causing paper abrasion.
Reduce the intensity setting in the printer driver and try printing again.
1. Open the printer driver setup window.
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window
2. On the Main sheet, select Manual for Color/Intensity, and then click Set....
390
3. Drag the Intensity slide bar on the Color Adjustment sheet to adjust the intensity.
Check6
Is printing performed beyond the recommended printing area?
If you are printing beyond the recommended printing area of your printing paper, the lower edge of the paper may become stained with ink.
Resize your original document in your application software.
Check7
Is the paper feed roller dirty?
Clean the paper feed roller.
Cleaning the Paper Feed Rollers from Your Computer
Note
• Cleaning the paper feed roller will wear the roller, so perform this procedure only when necessary.
Check8
Is the inside of the printer dirty?
When performing duplex printing, the inside of the printer may become stained with ink, causing the printout to become smudged.
Perform the Bottom Plate Cleaning to clean the inside of the printer.
Note
• To prevent the inside of the printer from stains, set the paper size correctly.
Check9
Set the time to dry the printed surface longer.
Doing so gives the printed surface enough time to dry so that paper smudged and scratched are prevented.
1. Make sure that the printer is turned on.
2. Open the printer driver setup window.
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window
3. Click the Maintenance tab and then Custom Settings.
4. Drag the Ink Drying Wait Time slide bar to set the wait time, and then click OK.
5. Confirm the message and click OK.
391
Back of the Paper Is Smudged
Check1
Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings?
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Check2
Perform the Bottom Plate Cleaning to clean the inside of the printer.
Note
• When performing borderless printing, duplex printing, or too much printing, the inside may become stained with ink.
392
Vertical Lines Are Printed on the Sides of the Printout
Check
Is the size of the loaded paper correct?
The vertical lines may be printed in the margin if the size of the loaded paper is larger than that you have specified.
Set the paper size correctly according to the paper you loaded.
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Note
• The direction of the vertical line pattern may vary depending on the image data or the print setting.
• This printer performs automatic cleaning when necessary to keep printouts clean. A small amount of ink is ejected for cleaning.
Although ink is usually ejected on the ink absorber, it may be ejected on the paper if you load paper larger than that you have specified.
393
Colors Are Uneven or Streaked
Colors Are Uneven
Colors Are Streaked
Check1
Did you confirm the paper and print quality settings?
Print Results Not Satisfactory
Check2
Print the Nozzle Check Pattern and perform any necessary maintenance operations such as Print Head Cleaning.
Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
Refer to
When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect
for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing, Print Head
Cleaning, and Print Head Deep Cleaning.
• If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly:
Check to see if a particular color's ink tank is not empty.
If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly though ink is sufficient, perform the Print Head Cleaning and try printing the Nozzle Check Pattern again.
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice:
Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning.
If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning, turn off the printer and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours.
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice:
394
If Print Head Deep Cleaning does not resolve the problem, the print head may be damaged. Contact the service center.
Check3
Perform Print Head Alignment.
Note
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Alignment, perform Print Head Alignment
manually referring to Aligning the Print Head Position Manually from Your Computer .
395
Ink Is Not Ejected
Check1
Has the ink run out?
Open the top cover, then check the status of ink lamp.
Check2
Is the orange tape or protective film remaining?
Make sure that all of the protective film is peeled off and the Y-shape air hole is exposed, as illustrated in (A).
If the orange tape is left as in (B), pull the orange tape and remove it.
Check3
Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Print the Nozzle Check Pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzles.
Refer to
When Printing Becomes Faint or Colors Are Incorrect
for the Nozzle Check Pattern printing, Print Head
Cleaning, and Print Head Deep Cleaning.
• If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly:
Check to see if a particular color's ink tank is not empty.
If the Nozzle Check Pattern is not printed correctly though ink is sufficient, perform the Print Head Cleaning and try printing the Nozzle Check Pattern again.
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Cleaning twice:
Perform the Print Head Deep Cleaning.
If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning, turn off the printer and perform another Print Head Deep Cleaning after 24 hours.
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the Print Head Deep Cleaning twice:
If Print Head Deep Cleaning does not resolve the problem, the print head may be damaged. Contact the service center.
396
Problems with the Printer
The Printer Cannot Be Powered On
The Printer Turns Off Unintentionally
Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly
Cannot Communicate with the Printer with USB Connection
Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing
Printer Status Monitor Is Not Displayed
397
The Printer Cannot Be Powered On
Check1
Press the ON button.
Check2
Make sure that the power plug is securely plugged into the power cord connector of the printer, then turn it back on.
Check3
Unplug the printer from the power supply, then plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on after leaving it for at least 3 minutes.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
398
The Printer Turns Off Unintentionally
Check
Deactivate the setting to turn the unit off automatically.
The printer turns off automatically according to the elapsed time you specified if you activate the setting to turn the unit off automatically.
If you do not want the printer to turn off automatically, open the printer driver setup window and in Auto Power under the Maintenance sheet, select Disable for Auto Power Off.
399
Cannot Connect to Computer with a USB Cable Properly
Printing Speed Is Slow/Hi-Speed USB Connection Does Not Work/"This device can perform faster" Message Is Displayed
If your system environment is not fully compatible with Hi-Speed USB, the printer will operate at a lower speed provided under USB 1.1. In this case, the printer operates properly but printing speed may slow down due to communication speed.
Check
Check the following to make sure that your system environment supports Hi-
Speed USB connection.
• Does the USB port on your computer support Hi-Speed USB connection?
• Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi-Speed USB connection?
Be sure to use a certified Hi-Speed USB cable. We recommend that the cable is no longer than around
10 feet / 3 meters.
• Does the operating system of your computer support Hi-Speed USB connection?
Obtain and install the latest update for your computer.
• Does the Hi-Speed USB driver operate properly?
Obtain the latest version of the Hi-Speed USB driver compatible with your hardware and reinstall it on your computer.
Important
• For details on Hi-Speed USB of your system environment, contact the manufacturer of your computer,
USB cable, or USB hub.
400
Cannot Communicate with the Printer with USB Connection
Check1
Make sure that the printer is turned on.
Check2
Make sure that the USB cable is connected properly.
See Connecting the Printer to the Computer Using a USB Cable to connect the USB cable properly.
Check3
Do not start up IJ Network Tool while printing.
Check4
Do not print while IJ Network Tool is running.
Check5
Make sure that Enable bidirectional support is selected in the Ports sheet of the properties dialog box of the printer driver.
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window
401
Print Head Holder Does Not Move to the Position for Replacing
Check1
Is the POWER lamp off?
Check if the POWER lamp is lit.
The print head holder will not move unless the power is on. If the POWER lamp is off, close the top cover and turn the printer on.
While the POWER lamp is flashing, the printer is initializing. Wait until the POWER lamp stops flashing and remains lit, and then open the top cover again.
Check2
Is the Alarm lamp flashing?
Close the top cover, confirm the number of times the Alarm lamp is flashing, take the appropriate action to
.
Check3
Has the top cover been left open for 10 minutes or longer?
If the top cover is left open for more than 10 minutes, the print head holder moves to the position to protect it to prevent the print head from drying out. Close and reopen the top cover to return the print head holder to the position for replacing.
Check4
Has the printer been printing continuously for a long period?
Close the top cover, wait a while, then reopen it.
If the printer has been printing continuously for a long time, the print head holder may not move to the position for replacing since the print head may overheat.
Note
• Opening the top cover while printing moves the print head holder to the position to protect it. Close the top cover, and reopen it after printing finishes.
402
Printer Status Monitor Is Not Displayed
Check
Is the printer status monitor enabled?
Make sure that Enable Status Monitor is selected on the Option menu of the printer status monitor.
1. Open the printer driver setup window.
How to Open the Printer Driver Setup Window
2. On the Maintenance sheet, click View Printer Status.
3. Select Enable Status Monitor on the Option menu if it is not selected.
403
Problems with Installation/Downloading
Cannot Install the Printer Driver
Easy-WebPrint EX Does Not Start Up or Easy-WebPrint EX Menu Does Not
Appear
How to Update Printer Driver in Network Environment
Uninstalling IJ Network Tool
404
Cannot Install the Printer Driver
• If the installation does not start even after the Setup CD-ROM is inserted into your computer's
disc drive:
Start the installation following the procedure below.
1. Select items as shown below.
â—¦ In Windows 8, select the Explorer icon in Taskbar on Desktop, then select Computer from the list on the left.
â—¦ In Windows 7 or Windows Vista, click Start then Computer.
â—¦ In Windows XP, click Start then My Computer.
2. Double-click the CD-ROM icon on the displayed window.
If the contents of the CD-ROM are displayed, double-click MSETUP4.EXE.
If you cannot install the printer driver with the Setup CD-ROM, install it from our website.
Note
• If the CD-ROM icon is not displayed, try the following:
• Remove the CD-ROM from your computer, then insert it again.
• Restart your computer.
If the icon is not yet displayed, try different discs and see if they are displayed. If other discs are displayed, there is a problem with the Setup CD-ROM. In this case, contact the service center.
• If you are unable to proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen:
405
Note
• The printer is not detected. Check the connection. may be displayed depending on the computer you use.
Check1
computer.
Make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the printer and the
Check2
Follow the procedure below to connect the printer and the computer again.
1. Turn the printer off.
2. Unplug the USB cable from the printer and the computer, then connect it again.
3. Turn the printer on.
Check3
If you cannot resolve the problem, follow the procedure below to reinstall the printer driver.
1. Click Cancel.
2. Click Start Over on the Installation Failure screen.
3. Click Exit on the "PIXMA XXX" screen (where "XXX" is your printer's name), then remove the CD-
ROM.
4. Turn the printer off.
5. Restart the computer.
6. Make sure that you have no application software running.
7. Insert the CD-ROM again, then install the printer driver.
• In other cases:
Reinstall the printer driver.
If the driver was not installed correctly, uninstall the printer driver, restart your computer, then reinstall the driver.
Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver
If you reinstall the printer driver, install the printer driver with the Setup CD-ROM or install it from our website.
Note
• If the installer was forced to be terminated due to a Windows error, the system may be in an unstable condition and you may not be able to install the driver. Restart your computer before reinstalling.
406
Easy-WebPrint EX Does Not Start Up or Easy-WebPrint EX Menu
Does Not Appear
If Easy-WebPrint EX does not start up or its menu does not appear on Internet Explorer, confirm the following.
Check1
Is Canon Easy-WebPrint EX displayed on the Toolbars menu in the Internet
Explorer's View menu?
If Canon Easy-WebPrint EX is not displayed, Easy-WebPrint EX is not installed on your computer. Install the latest Easy-WebPrint EX onto your computer from our website.
Note
• If Easy-WebPrint EX is not installed on your computer, a message asking you to install it may be displayed on the notification area on the desktop. Click the message, then follow the instructions on the computer screen to install Easy-WebPrint EX.
• While the installation or download Easy-WebPrint EX is in progress, it is necessary to access the Internet.
Check2
Is Canon Easy-WebPrint EX selected on the Toolbars menu in the Internet
Explorer's View menu?
If Canon Easy-WebPrint EX is not selected, Easy-WebPrint EX is disabled. Select Canon Easy-WebPrint EX to enable it.
407
How to Update Printer Driver in Network Environment
Download the latest printer driver in advance.
To obtain the latest printer driver, access our web site through the Internet and download the latest printer driver for your model.
After uninstalling the printer driver, install the latest printer driver according to the regular procedure. When the connection method selection screen is displayed, select Use the printer with wireless LAN
connection or Use the printer with wired LAN connection according to the connection method you use.
The printer will be detected automatically in the network.
After making sure that the printer is detected, install the printer driver following the on-screen instructions.
Note
• You can use the printer over a LAN without performing setup again.
408
Uninstalling IJ Network Tool
Follow the procedure below to uninstall IJ Network Tool from your computer.
Important
• Even if IJ Network Tool is uninstalled, you can print from the computer over network. However, you cannot change the network settings over network.
• Log into a user account with administrator privilege.
1. Perform the procedure to uninstall IJ Network Tool.
• In Windows 8:
1. Select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop > Programs > Programs and
Features.
2. Select Canon IJ Network Tool from the program list, then click Uninstall.
If the User Account Control screen appears, click Continue.
• In Windows 7 or Windows Vista:
1. Click Start > Control Panel > Programs > Programs and Features.
2. Select Canon IJ Network Tool from the program list, then click Uninstall.
If the User Account Control screen appears, click Continue.
• In Windows XP:
1. Click Start > Control Panel > Add or Remove Programs.
2. Select Canon IJ Network Tool from the program list, then click Remove.
2. Click Yes when the confirmation message appears.
When the message prompting you to restart your computer is displayed, click OK to restart your computer.
409
About Errors/Messages Displayed
If an Error Occurs
A Message Is Displayed
410
If an Error Occurs
When an error occurs in printing such as the printer is out of paper or paper is jammed, a troubleshooting message is displayed automatically. Take the appropriate action described in the message.
When an error occurs, the Alarm lamp flashes orange and a Support Code (error number) is displayed on the computer screen. For some errors, the POWER lamp and the Alarm lamp flashes alternately. Check the status of the lamps and the message, then take the appropriate action to resolve the error.
Support Code Corresponding to the Number of Flashes of the Alarm Lamp
Example of 2 times flashing:
(A) Flashes
(B) Goes off
Number of flashes Cause
2 flashes
3 flashes
4 flashes
5 flashes
7 flashes
8 flashes
11 flashes
12 flashes
There is no paper in the rear tray.
The paper size in the print settings and the size of the loaded paper do not match.
The front cover is closed.
Paper is jammed in the paper output slot or in the rear tray.
If the lamp on the ink tank is flashing, ink may have run out.
Support Code
,
The ink tank is not installed.
The print head may be damaged.
,
Some ink tanks are not installed in the correct position. (The lamp on the ink tank flashes.)
More than one ink tanks of the same color are installed. (The lamp on the ink tank flashes.)
The ink absorber is almost full.
Automatic Print Head Alignment failed.
Cannot perform printing with the current print setting.
,
You cannot print the contents on CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM.
411
13 flashes
14 flashes
15 flashes
16 flashes
21 flashes
22 flashes
The remaining ink level cannot be correctly detected. (The lamp on the ink tank flashes.)
The ink tank cannot be recognized.
The ink tank cannot be recognized.
,
,
,
The ink has run out. (The lamp on the ink tank flashes.)
The printer cannot detect the paper size.
The printer has detected that the paper has been fed aligned to one side.
Support Code Corresponding to the Number of Alternate Flashes of the
POWER Lamp and the Alarm Lamp
Example of 2 times flashing:
(A) Flashes
(B) Goes off
Number of flashes
2 flashes
7 flashes
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Printer error has occurred.
Support Code
,
10 flashes An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred.
Other cases than above Printer error has occurred.
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
,
412
• When a Support Code and a message are displayed on the computer screen:
Note
• You can confirm the actions against errors with Support Codes on your computer by searching a
Support Code.
For details on how to resolve errors without Support Codes, see A Message Is Displayed
.
413
A Message Is Displayed
This section describes some of the errors or messages.
Note
• A Support Code (error number) is displayed on the computer for some error or message. For details on errors with Support Codes, refer to
.
Error Regarding the Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error
The Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program Screen Is Displayed
Error Regarding the Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed
The power cord may have been unplugged while the printer was still on.
Check the error message that appears on the computer, then click OK.
The printer starts printing.
See
Notice for Unplugging the Power Cord
for unplugging the power cord.
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error
Check1
If the POWER lamp is off, make sure that the power plug is plugged in, then turn the printer on.
While the POWER lamp is flashing, the printer is initializing. Wait until the POWER lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Check2
Make sure that the printer port is configured appropriately in the printer driver.
* In the following instructions, "XXX" signifies your printer's name.
1. Log on as a user account with administrator privilege.
2. Select items as shown below.
• In Windows 8, select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop > Hardware and Sound
> Devices and Printers.
• In Windows 7, select Devices and Printers from the Start menu.
• In Windows Vista, select the Start menu > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Printers.
• In Windows XP, select the Start menu > Control Panel > Printers and Other Hardware > Printers
and Faxes.
3. Open the properties of printer driver for the printer.
• In Windows 8 or Windows 7, right-click the "Canon XXX" icon (where "XXX" is your printer's name), then select Printer properties.
• In Windows Vista or Windows XP, right-click the "Canon XXX" icon (where "XXX" is your printer's name), then select Properties.
4. Click the Ports tab to confirm the port settings.
414
Make sure that a port named "USBnnn" (where "n" is a number) with "Canon XXX" appearing in the
Printer column is selected for Print to the following port(s).
Note
• When the printer is used over LAN, the port name of the printer is displayed as
"CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx". "xxxxxxxxxx" is the character string generated from the MAC address or a character string specified by the user when setting up the printer.
• If the setting is incorrect:
Reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD-ROM or install it from our website.
• Printing does not start even though the printer is connected to the computer using a USB cable and the port named "USBnnn" is selected:
In Windows 8, select My Printer on the Start screen to start My Printer. If My Printer is not displayed on the Start screen, select the Search charm, then search for "My Printer".
Set the correct printer port on Diagnose and Repair Printer. Follow the on-screen instructions to set the correct printer port, then select your printer's name.
In Windows 7, Windows Vista, or Windows XP, click Start and select All programs, Canon
Utilities, Canon My Printer, Canon My Printer, then select Diagnose and Repair Printer. Follow the on-screen instructions to set the correct printer port, then select your printer's name.
If the problem is not resolved, reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD-ROM or install it from our website.
• Printing does not start even though the port named "CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx" is selected when the printer is used over LAN:
Launch IJ Network Tool, and select "CNBJNP_xxxxxxxxxx" as you confirmed in step 4, then associate the port with the printer using Associate Port in the Settings menu.
If the problem is not resolved, reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD-ROM or install it from our website.
Check3
Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer properly.
When the printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable, make sure that the USB cable is securely plugged in to the printer and the computer, then check the followings:
• If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the computer, and try printing again. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device.
Consult the reseller of the relay device for details.
• There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and try printing again.
When you use the printer over LAN, make sure that the printer is connected to the network with a LAN cable or is set up correctly.
Check4
Make sure that the printer driver is installed correctly.
, then reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD-ROM or reinstall it from our website.
Check5
When the printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable, check the status of the device on your computer.
Follow the procedure below to check the status of the device.
1. Open the Device Manager on your computer as shown below.
415
If the User Account Control screen is displayed, follow the on-screen instructions.
• In Windows 8, select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop > Hardware and Sound
> Device Manager.
• In Windows 7 or Windows Vista, click Control Panel, Hardware and Sound, then Device Manager.
• In Windows XP, click Control Panel, Performance and Maintenance, System, then click Device
Manager on the Hardware sheet.
2. Double-click Universal Serial Bus controllers then USB Printing Support.
If the USB Printing Support Properties screen is not displayed, make sure that the printer is correctly connected to the computer.
Check3
Make sure that the printer is connected to your computer properly.
3. Click the General tab and make sure that there is no indication of a problem with the device.
If a device error is displayed, refer to Windows help to resolve the error.
Other Error Messages
Check
following:
If an error message is displayed outside the printer status monitor, check the
• "Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space"
Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk.
• "Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory"
Quit other running application softwares to increase available memory.
If you cannot print yet, restart your computer and retry printing.
• "Printer driver could not be found"
Uninstall the printer driver following the procedure described in
Deleting the Unnecessary Printer Driver
, then reinstall the printer driver with the Setup CD-ROM or reinstall it from our website.
• "Could not print Application name - File name"
Try printing again once the current job is complete.
The Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program Screen Is
Displayed
If the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program is installed, a confirmation screen asking for permission to send the printer and application software usage information will be displayed every month for about ten years.
Read the instructions on the screen and follow the procedure below.
416
• If you agree to participate in the survey program:
Click Agree, then follow the on-screen instructions. The printer usage information will be sent via the
Internet. If you have followed the on-screen instructions, the information will be sent automatically from the second time onward and the confirmation screen will not be displayed again.
Note
• When the information is being sent, a caution screen such as an Internet security screen may be displayed. In this case, confirm that the program name is "IJPLMUI.exe", then allow it.
• If you deselect the Send automatically from the next time check box, the information will not be sent automatically from the second time onward and a confirmation screen will be displayed at the time of the next survey. To send the information automatically, see
Changing the confirmation screen setting:
.
• If you do not agree to participate in the survey program:
Click Do not agree. The confirmation screen will be closed, and the survey at that time is skipped.
The confirmation screen will be displayed again one month later.
• To uninstall the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program:
To uninstall the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program, click Uninstall, then follow the on-screen instructions.
• Changing the confirmation screen setting:
1. Select items as shown below.
â—¦ In Windows 8, select Control Panel from the Settings charm on Desktop > Programs >
Programs and Features.
â—¦ In Windows 7, or Windows Vista, select the Start menu > Control Panel > Programs >
Programs and Features.
â—¦ In Windows XP, select the Start menu > Control Panel > Add or Remove Programs.
417
Note
• In Windows 8, Windows 7 or Windows Vista, a confirmation/warning dialog box may appear when installing, uninstalling or starting up software.
This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task.
If you are logged on to an administrator account, follow the on-screen instructions.
2. Select Canon Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax Extended Survey Program.
3. Select Change.
If you select Yes after you have followed the on-screen instructions, the confirmation screen will be displayed at the time of the next survey.
If you select No, the information will be sent automatically.
Note
• If you select Uninstall (or Remove in Windows XP), the Inkjet Printer/Scanner/Fax
Extended Survey Program is uninstalled. Follow the on-screen instructions.
418
If You Cannot Resolve the Problem
If you cannot resolve the problem with any of the workarounds in this chapter, please contact the seller of the printer or the service center.
Canon support staff are trained to be able to provide technical support to satisfy customers.
Caution
• If the printer emits any unusual sound, smoke, or odor, turn it off immediately. Unplug the power cord from the outlet and contact the seller or the service center. Never attempt to repair or disassemble the printer yourself.
• Attempts by customers to repair or take apart the printer will invalidate any warranty regardless of whether the warranty has expired.
Before contacting the service center, confirm the following:
• Product name:
* Your printer's name is located on the front cover of the setup manual.
• Serial number: please refer to the setup manual
• Details of the problem
• What you tried to solve the problem, and what happened
419
Support Code List
The support code appears on the computer screen when an error occurs.
"Support Code" means the error number and appears with an error message.
When an error occurs, check the support code displayed on the computer screen and take the appropriate action.
Support Code Appears on the Computer Screen
• 1000 to 1ZZZ
• 2000 to 2ZZZ
• 4000 to 4ZZZ
• 5000 to 5ZZZ
• 6000 to 6ZZZ
• A000 to ZZZZ
About the support code for paper jam, you can also refer to
Support Code List (When Paper Is Jammed) .
420
Support Code List (When Paper Is Jammed)
If the paper is jammed, remove it following the procedure appropriate for each case.
• If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot or the rear tray:
• If the paper tears and you cannot remove it from the paper output slot or from the rear tray:
Paper Is Jammed inside the Printer
• If the narrow width paper such as card sized paper is jammed due to loading it in the landscape orientation:
Small Size Paper Is Jammed inside the Printer
• Cases other than above:
421
1300
Cause
Paper is jammed in the paper output slot or in the rear tray.
Action
Remove the jammed paper following the procedure below.
Note
• If you need to turn off the printer to remove jammed paper during printing, press the RESUME/
CANCEL button to cancel print jobs before turning off the printer.
1. Pull the paper out slowly, either from the rear tray or from the paper output slot, whichever is easier.
Hold the paper with your hands, then pull the paper out slowly not to tear it.
Note
• If you cannot pull the paper out, turn the printer off and turn it back on. The paper may be ejected automatically.
• If the paper tears and you cannot remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot or the rear tray, remove the paper from inside the printer.
Paper Is Jammed inside the Printer
2. Reload the paper, and press the RESUME/CANCEL button on the printer.
If you turned off the printer in step 1, all print jobs in the queue are canceled. Reprint if necessary.
Note
• When reloading the paper, confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly.
422
• We recommend you use paper other than A5 sized one to print documents with photos or graphics; otherwise, the printout may curl and cause paper exit jams.
If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the printer, or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper, contact the service center.
423
Paper Is Jammed inside the Printer
If the jammed paper tears and you cannot remove the paper either from the paper output slot or from the rear tray, or if the jammed paper remains inside the printer, remove the paper following the procedure below.
Note
• If you need to turn off the printer to remove jammed paper during printing, press the RESUME/CANCEL button to cancel print jobs before turning off the printer.
1. Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
2. Open the top cover.
Important
• Do not touch the clear film (A) or the white belt (B).
If the paper or your hands touch these parts and blot or scratch them, the printer can be damaged.
3. Make sure that the jammed paper is not under the print head holder.
If the jammed paper is under the print head holder, move the print head holder to the right edge or the left edge whichever is easier to remove the paper.
When you move the print head holder, hold the top of the print head holder and slide it slowly to the right edge or the left edge.
424
4. Hold the jammed paper with your hands.
If the paper is rolled up, pull it out.
425
5. Pull the paper slowly not to tear it, then pull the paper out.
6. Make sure that all the jammed paper is removed.
If the paper is torn, a piece of paper may remain inside the printer. Check the following and remove the piece of paper if it remains.
• Does the piece of paper remain under the print head holder?
• Does the little piece of paper remain inside the printer?
• Does the piece of paper remain in the right side or the left side space (C) inside the printer?
7. Close the top cover.
All print jobs in the queue are canceled. Reprint if necessary.
Note
• When reloading the paper, confirm that you are using the paper suited for printing and are loading it correctly. If the message about paper jam is displayed on the computer screen when you resume printing after removing all the jammed paper, a piece of paper may remain inside the printer. In this case, confirm that no piece of paper remains inside the printer.
426
If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the printer, or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper, contact the service center.
427
Small Size Paper Is Jammed inside the Printer
If the narrow width paper such as card sized paper is jammed due to loading it in the landscape orientation, remove the jammed paper following the procedure below.
Important
• Do not load the narrow width paper such as card sized paper in the landscape orientation.
1. Load one piece of paper (same size as the jammed one) in the portrait orientation on the rear tray.
Do not load the paper in the landscape orientation.
2. Turn the printer off.
3. Turn the printer back on.
The loaded paper feeds and pushes the jammed paper out.
All print jobs in queue are canceled. Reprint if necessary.
If you cannot remove the paper or the paper tears inside the printer, or if the paper jam error continues after removing the paper, contact the service center.
428
In Other Cases
Make sure of the following:
Check1
Are there any foreign objects around the paper output slot?
Check2
Are there any foreign objects in the rear tray?
If there are any foreign objects in the rear tray, be sure to turn off the printer, unplug it from the power supply, then remove the foreign object.
Check3
Is the paper curled?
Load the paper after correcting its curl.
Check4
Is the loaded paper the A3 sized plain paper?
Only when A3 sized plain paper jams frequently near the paper output slot or is curled, set to the printer to prevent paper jam with the printer driver.
Print speed or print quality may be reduced if you apply the setting to prevent paper jam.
* Readjust the setting not to prevent paper jam once printing is complete. If not, this setting remains enabled for all subsequent print jobs.
429
• In Windows:
Open the printer driver setup window, and in Custom Settings in the Maintenance sheet, select the
Prevent paper jam check box, and then click OK.
• In Mac OS:
In the Canon IJ Printer Utility, select Custom Settings in the pop-up menu, select the Prevent paper jam check box, and then click Apply.
430
1000
Cause
There is no paper in the rear tray.
Action
Load paper in the rear tray and press the printer's RESUME/CANCEL button.
431
1200
Cause
The top cover is open.
Action
Close the top cover and wait for a while.
432
1250
Cause
The front cover is closed.
Action
Open the front cover to resume printing.
433
1401
Cause
The print head may be damaged.
Action
Contact the service center.
434
1403
Cause
The print head may be damaged.
Action
Contact the service center.
435
1405
Cause
The print head may be damaged.
Action
Contact the service center.
436
1410
Cause
The ink tank cannot be recognized.
Action
Open the top cover and replace the ink tank which lamp is off.
437
1411
Cause
The ink tank cannot be recognized.
Action
Open the top cover and replace the ink tank which lamp is off.
438
1412
Cause
The ink tank cannot be recognized.
Action
Open the top cover and replace the ink tank which lamp is off.
439
1413
Cause
The ink tank cannot be recognized.
Action
Open the top cover and replace the ink tank which lamp is off.
440
1414
Cause
The ink tank cannot be recognized.
Action
Open the top cover and replace the ink tank which lamp is off.
441
1600
Cause
If the lamp on the ink tank is flashing, ink may have run out.
Action
Replacing the ink tank is recommended.
If printing is in progress and you want to continue printing, press the printer's RESUME/CANCEL button with the ink tank installed. Then printing can continue. Replacing the ink tank is recommended after the printing. The printer may be damaged if printing is continued under the ink out condition.
Note
• If multiple ink lamps are flashing red, check the status of each ink tank.
442
1660
Cause
The ink tank is not installed.
Action
Install the ink tank.
443
1680
Cause
Some ink tanks are not installed in the correct position. (The lamp on the ink tank flashes.)
Action
Confirm that the ink tanks are installed in the appropriate positions.
444
1681
Cause
More than one ink tanks of the same color are installed. (The lamp on the ink tank flashes.)
Action
Confirm that the ink tanks are installed in the appropriate positions.
445
1683
Cause
The remaining ink level cannot be correctly detected. (The lamp on the ink tank flashes.)
Action
Replace the ink tank and close the top cover.
Printing with an ink tank that was once empty may damage the printer.
If you want to continue printing in this condition, you need to release the function for detecting the remaining ink level. Press and hold the printer's RESUME/CANCEL button for at least 5 seconds, and then release it.
With this operation, releasing the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized. Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any printer malfunction or damage caused by refilled ink tanks.
446
1684
Cause
The ink tank cannot be recognized.
Action
Printing cannot be executed because the ink tank may not be installed properly or may not be compatible with this printer.
Install the appropriate ink tank.
If you want to cancel printing, press the printer's RESUME/CANCEL button.
447
1688
Cause
The ink has run out. (The lamp on the ink tank flashes.)
Action
Replace the ink tank and close the top cover.
Printing under the current condition may damage the printer.
If you want to continue printing in this condition, you need to release the function for detecting the remaining ink level. Press and hold the printer's RESUME/CANCEL button for at least 5 seconds, and then release it.
With this operation, releasing the function for detecting the remaining ink level is memorized. Please be advised that Canon shall not be liable for any malfunction or trouble which may be caused by continuation of printing under the ink out condition.
448
1700
Cause
The ink absorber is almost full.
Action
Press the printer's RESUME/CANCEL button to continue printing. Contact the service center.
449
1701
Cause
The ink absorber is almost full.
Action
Press the printer's RESUME/CANCEL button to continue printing. Contact the service center.
450
2100
Cause
The paper size in the print settings and the size of the loaded paper do not match.
Action
Check the print settings and the loaded paper, load paper of the correct size, then press the printer's
RESUME/CANCEL button.
If you want to cancel printing, press the printer's RESUME/CANCEL button again while the POWER lamp is flashing.
451
2101
Cause
The paper size in the print settings and the size of the loaded paper do not match.
Action
Check the print settings and the loaded paper, load paper of the correct size, then press the printer's
RESUME/CANCEL button.
If you want to cancel printing, press the printer's RESUME/CANCEL button again while the POWER lamp is flashing.
452
2102
Cause
The printer has detected that the paper has been fed aligned to one side.
Action
Load the paper into the center of the rear tray, then slide the paper guides to align with the both edges of the paper stack.
Press the printer's RESUME/CANCEL button to dismiss the error.
453
2103
Cause
The printer cannot detect the paper size.
Action
Press the printer's RESUME/CANCEL button to dismiss the error, then try to print again.
If this error still occurs even after printing again, set the printer not to detect the paper width by using the printer driver or Remote UI.
Note
• Depending on the type of paper, the printer may not detect the paper width.
Additionally, if the top cover is opened while printing is in progress, the printer may not detect the paper width.
454
2500
Cause
The cause of following may have occurred the failure of Automatic Print Head Alignment.
• Print head nozzles are clogged.
• The paper of size other than A4 or Letter is loaded.
• The paper output slot is exposed to strong light.
Action
Press the printer's RESUME/CANCEL button to dismiss the error, then take the actions described below.
• Print the nozzle check pattern to check the status of the print head.
• Load one sheet of A4/Letter-sized plain paper and perform Automatic Print Head Alignment again.
• Adjust your operating environment and/or the position of the printer so that the paper output slot is not exposed directly to strong light.
After carrying out the above measures, if the problem continues after aligning the print head again, press the printer's RESUME/CANCEL button to dismiss the error, and then perform Manual Print Head
Alignment.
455
4100
Cause
The specified data cannot be printed.
Action
When you print the contents on CREATIVE PARK PREMIUM, confirm the message on the computer screen, make sure that genuine Canon ink tanks are installed properly for all colors, then start printing again.
456
4103
Cause
Cannot perform printing with the current print settings.
Action
Press the printer's RESUME/CANCEL button, to cancel printing.
Then, change the print settings and print again.
457
5100
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Cancel printing, and turn off the printer. Then clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the print head holder from moving, and turn on the printer again.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• When you clear the jammed paper or protective material that is preventing the print head holder from moving, be careful not to touch the components inside the printer. The printer may not print out properly if you touch it.
458
5101
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Remove the protective material, turn the printer off, and turn it back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
459
5200
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
460
5400
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
461
5700
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
462
5B00
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Contact the service center.
463
5B01
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Contact the service center.
464
5C00
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
465
5C20
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
466
6000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
467
6001
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
If the front cover is closed, open it.
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
Important
• Do not close the front cover while the printer is in operation; otherwise, an error will occur.
468
6500
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
469
6502
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
470
6800
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
471
6801
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
472
6900
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
473
6901
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
474
6902
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
475
6910
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
476
6911
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
477
6920
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
478
6921
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
479
6930
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
480
6931
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
481
6932
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
482
6933
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
483
6940
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
484
6941
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
485
6942
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
486
6943
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
487
6944
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
488
6945
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
489
6946
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
490
6A80
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
491
6A81
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
492
6A90
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
493
B200
Cause
An error requiring you to contact the service center has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Contact the service center.
494
C000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
Action
Turn off the printer, and unplug the power cord of the printer from the power supply.
Plug the printer back in and turn the printer back on.
If the problem is not resolved, contact the service center.
495
advertisement
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project